{"title":"Salad Greens","description":"\u003cbr\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"bloomsdale-spinach","title":"Bloomsdale Spinach","description":"Bloomsdale Spinach is a classic, heirloom variety that stands out for its rich flavor, tender texture, and exceptional nutritional value. With its dark green, crinkled leaves and robust growth, this spinach thrives in cool weather, offering a bountiful harvest in both spring and fall. It’s known for its ability to grow in a variety of soil types, making it perfect for both experienced gardeners and beginners alike. Bloomsdale Spinach is also incredibly versatile, adding a fresh, earthy flavor to salads, smoothies, soups, and sautes. This variety is packed with nutrients, including iron, calcium, and vitamins A and C, making it a healthy addition to any meal. Its disease resistance and fast growth ensure a steady supply of fresh spinach for your kitchen. Bloomsdale Spinach's high yield makes it an excellent choice for gardeners looking to maximize their harvests, while its ability to be grown in cooler temperatures allows for an extended growing season.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Bloomsdale Longstanding Spinach, Longstanding Spinach, Heirloom Spinach, Savoy Spinach, Curly-Leaf Spinach, Traditional Spinach, Dark Green Spinach, Winter Spinach, Cool-Weather Spinach, Old-Fashioned Spinach.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eSpinach, Bloomsdale\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eSpinacia oleracea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nSpinach prefers the cooler temperatures of Fall and Spring (50F-75F). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring as soon as the soil can be worked, when the soil warms to at least 40F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 6-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/2 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-6 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply a complete fertilizer, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nBloomsdale spinach is ready to harvest around 40 to 50 days after planting, though you can start picking leaves as early as 30 days for baby spinach. For mature spinach, look for well-developed leaves that are vibrant green and around 6 to 8 inches long. To harvest, use scissors or a sharp knife to cut the outer leaves at the base, allowing the inner leaves to continue growing. You can harvest a few leaves at a time from each plant, or for a full harvest, cut the entire plant at ground level. Be mindful of the weather; if it gets too hot, spinach can bolt (go to seed), so it’s best to harvest before this happens, especially in warmer climates. Regular harvesting also encourages new growth, extending the harvest period.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"800+ Count","offer_id":36230650462360,"sku":"SPINB","price":4.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2400+ Count","offer_id":41286556582068,"sku":"SPINB-3x","price":11.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4800+ Count","offer_id":52513931657513,"sku":"SPINB-6x","price":16.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/Spinach1_fd7315ad-edbc-4d2c-ad80-f60ace86bd84.jpg?v=1769530037"},{"product_id":"astro-arugula","title":"Astro Arugula","description":"Astro Arugula is a fast-growing, fresh, tart, bitter, peppery leafy green that is a must-have for any garden. Its bold taste adds a unique kick to salads, sandwiches, and a variety of dishes.Arugula is popularly used as a salad green but can be used in lieu of most lettuces and herbs, such as in pestos, sauces, sandwiches, pizzas, and pastas for an added flair. Arugula is incredibly nutritious, packed with vitamins A, C, and K, as well as beneficial antioxidants. It's a versatile crop that thrives in cooler weather, making it ideal for spring and fall planting. Its rapid growth means you'll have a quick harvest, perfect for those who want to enjoy homegrown greens without a long wait. Additionally, arugula's tender leaves are easy to harvest and can be enjoyed fresh or cooked, making it a versatile addition to your garden and kitchen. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Astro Rocket, Astro Salad Rocket, Astro Arugula, Garden Rocket, Roquette, Eruca, Rocket Lettuce, Rucola, Wild Rocket, Arugula Rocket, and Italian Cress.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eArugula, Astro\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eEruca vesicaria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e4-7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlant arugula in the spring after all danger of frost has passed as soon as the soil can be worked. For fall crops, direct sow seeds or transplant seedlings outdoors 4-6 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 6 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 5 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin plants after germination, plant seeds 1 inch apart then thin to 6 inches apart after emergence to give plants more spacing for larger growth. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Additional fertilizing is usually not needed. If growth is slow or leaves are smaller than expected, you may optionally apply a light dressing of a complete fertilizer, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nArugula is ready to harvest about 3 to 4 weeks after planting, when the leaves are young, tender, and vibrant green. If you're harvesting the entire plant, wait until it reaches around 4 to 6 inches tall. For a continuous supply of fresh arugula, you can harvest the outer leaves first, leaving the inner leaves to keep growing. Arugula can be harvested multiple times throughout the season, as it grows continuously.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"5000+ Count","offer_id":36354953674904,"sku":"ARUG","price":7.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15,000+ Count","offer_id":50105459704105,"sku":"ARUG-3x","price":12.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/2 Pound","offer_id":52441319178537,"sku":"ARUG-1\/2LB","price":16.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Pound","offer_id":52441319211305,"sku":"ARUG-1LB","price":20.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Pounds","offer_id":52441319244073,"sku":"ARUG-3LB","price":36.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/Arugula3_dfcd1ed1-4440-4aca-b521-18c2fcd35a38.jpg?v=1769540812"},{"product_id":"buttercrunch-butterhead-lettuce","title":"Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce","description":"Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce is a Bibb-type lettuce made an All-American classic for its luscious, \"buttery\" feel and crisp, juicy texture. This garden gem is perfect for those who crave a tender, sweet, and crisp green in their salads. The thick sweet leaves make Buttercrunch lettuce excellent for salads, sandwiches, and wraps. Butterhead Lettuce grows into a large loose-leaved head with a smooth, even green color. The mild, sweet flavor adds a refreshing touch to any meal, and because it’s so tender, it’s especially loved by those who prefer a softer texture compared to other greens. This fast-growing, nutrient-packed leafy green brings both beauty and flavor to your garden. A very good source of fiber, vitamin A, vitamin K, and folate.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Butterhead Lettuce, Butter Lettuce, Butter Crunch, Butter Lettuce Blend, Soft Lettuce, Baby Butter Lettuce, Crisp Butterhead, Looseleaf Butter Lettuce, Smooth Butter Lettuce, Tenderleaf Lettuce.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Buttercrunch Butterhead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa var. capitata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e28-65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e8 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 8 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting lettuce in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (lettuce grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nButtercrunch Butterhead Lettuce can be harvested when the heads are firm and full, about 50-70 days after planting, but before they begin to bolt or develop a bitter taste. You can either cut the entire head at the base using a sharp knife or harvest individual outer leaves as needed, allowing the inner leaves to continue growing for an extended harvest period. If harvesting the whole head, leave the roots in the soil to promote regrowth or plant a new crop for continuous production.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":36466441355416,"sku":"LETBBL","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":40965254611124,"sku":"LETBBL-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Gourmet Mix Lettuce","offer_id":52476903325993,"sku":"LETBBL+LETGM","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Parris Island Romaine Lettuce","offer_id":52476903358761,"sku":"LETBBL+LETROME","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce","offer_id":52476903391529,"sku":"LETBBL+LETICE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/Buttercrunch2_6fae13bf-a76c-4215-aa2d-db8e0bddd57b.jpg?v=1769022415"},{"product_id":"golden-acre-cabbage","title":"Golden Acre Cabbage","description":"Golden Acre Green Cabbage is a tasty variety of round-head cabbage that is fast-growing and suitable for close spacing, great for small gardens and large-scale planting. Golden Acre cabbage grows numerous pale green leaves with a slightly waxy finish in an attractive flowering formation. Its tightly packed, round heads boast a crisp texture and a delightfully mild, sweet flavor, making it a favorite for salads, slaws, and stir-fries. Known for its quick growth, this cabbage is ideal for those looking to enjoy a fresh harvest in a short amount of time. Its smaller size makes it easy to handle in the kitchen and an excellent choice for single-serving dishes or smaller households. Additionally, Golden Acre Green Cabbage is highly versatile, thriving in various climates and offering consistent yields, making it a dependable choice for gardeners of all skill levels.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Early Golden Acre, Roundhead Cabbage, Sweetheart Cabbage, Early Green Cabbage, Compact Green Cabbage, Small-Headed Cabbage, Kitchen Garden Cabbage, Tender Green Cabbage, Summer Round Cabbage, Mild Green Cabbage.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eCabbage, Golden Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBrassica oleracea var. capitata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e5-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 - 24 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 3 feet apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting cabbage in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (cabbage grows best in 60F-70F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 55F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 12-14 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 18-24 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 feet\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nHarvest cabbage when the heads are firm, fully formed, and have reached the desired size, typically 60-100 days after planting or 45-60 days after transplanting. To check if a head is ready, gently squeeze it; if it feels solid, it’s time to harvest. Use a sharp knife to cut the cabbage at its base, leaving a few outer leaves attached to protect the head. For extended harvesting, remove only the mature heads and leave the outer leaves and stem in place to encourage smaller secondary heads to form.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":41963552243892,"sku":"CABGA","price":4.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":41963552276660,"sku":"CABGA-3x","price":6.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000+ Count \u0026 1000+ Red Acre Cabbage","offer_id":52448140132649,"sku":"CABGA+CABRA","price":5.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/greencabbage3_f903a89c-e171-4600-8498-6e05563d5b3c.jpg?v=1768495814"},{"product_id":"curled-cress","title":"Curled Cress","description":"Curled Cress is a fast-growing, cool-season herb related to watercress and mustard, sharing their peppery, tangy flavor and aroma. With its delicate, crisp leaves, this versatile green is perfect for garnishing salads, sandwiches, or soups. Its compact, bushy growth habit makes it ideal for small gardens, windowsills, or containers, allowing gardeners with limited space to easily enjoy fresh herbs. Curled Cress is a hardy plant, thriving in cool temperatures, and can be grown year-round in most climates, making it a reliable addition to any home garden. Its high nutrient content, including vitamin C and antioxidants, adds both flavor and health benefits to your meals. Fast-growing and easy to harvest, Curled Cress provides a quick reward for minimal effort, making it a must-have for those who want fresh, homegrown greens without the wait.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eCress, Curled\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLepidium sativum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3-7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eSpreading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nCress grows best in cooler temperatures (55F-65F). Plant cress in the spring after all danger of frost has passed as soon as the soil can be worked. For fall crops, direct sow seeds or transplant seedlings outdoors 4-6 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/8 inch deep and spaced 6 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 5 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin plants after germination, broadcast seeds then separate to 6 inches apart after emergence to give plants more spacing for larger growth. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Additional fertilizing is usually not needed because the plant grows so quickly. If growth is slow or leaves are smaller than expected, you may optionally apply a light dressing of a complete fertilizer, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nHarvest Curled Cress when the leaves are young and tender, about 30-40 days after planting. Cut the outer leaves using scissors or garden shears, leaving the younger, inner leaves to continue growing. Harvest the leaves as needed, taking no more than a third of the plant at a time to encourage new growth. It’s best to harvest before the plant bolts (flowers and goes to seed), as this can make the leaves taste more bitter. Regular harvesting will keep the plant productive and ensure a continuous supply of fresh greens.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":36854418997400,"sku":"CRESSC","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":40970174529716,"sku":"CRESSC-3x","price":7.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10,000+ Count","offer_id":52448170148137,"sku":"CRESSC-10x","price":11.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000+ Count \u0026 1000+ Upland Cress","offer_id":52448170180905,"sku":"CRESSC+CRESSU","price":5.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/cress_838542a0-d70f-40d2-972d-ab0a6d622e10.png?v=1768496173"},{"product_id":"broadleaf-batavian-endive","title":"Broadleaf Batavian Endive","description":"Broadleaf Batavian Endive is characterized by its crisp, broad, and slightly curled leaves. These large, buttery 12-18\" leaves bunch in loose heads and may blanch to cream in the center. It is a flavorful bitter green that can add a great crisp texture and flavor to many types of dishes. Use individual leaves greens as elegant vessels for delightful appetizers or for elegant salads. Add the leaves to soups and stews to enhance the texture and flavor or roast for a warm, earthy size dish. Harvest Broadleaf Batavian Endive baby leaves early on when they reach the desired size, and harvest the full leaves for later use. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Escarole, Butterhead Batavian Endive, Curled Chicory, Lettuce Endive, Curly Endive, Ruffec Leaf Endive, Large Leaf Batavian.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eEndive, Broad-Leaf Batavian\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eCichorium endivia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e8 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 18 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting endive in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (endive grows best in 60F-70F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 2-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 55F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 8-10 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nEndive is ready at any stage of harvest, but usually harvested when the leaves form a dense rosette, about 50-90 days after planting. To harvest, use a sharp knife to cut the plant at its base, just above the soil line, ensuring you leave the root system intact if you plan to grow another crop. Full heads should be harvested before the plant bolts, which happens in hot weather. For baby greens, you can begin harvesting individual outer leaves when they are 4–6 inches long, allowing the inner leaves to continue growing for successive harvests. If blanching for milder flavor is desired, tie the outer leaves together or cover the plants with a lightweight cloth about a week before harvesting to reduce bitterness.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":46954225697065,"sku":"ENDB","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":46954225729833,"sku":"ENDB-3x","price":7.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/endive12_6d4d7957-13cc-4751-b3bd-f16bccced996.jpg?v=1768496407"},{"product_id":"black-seeded-simpson-green-leaf-lettuce","title":"Black Seeded Simpson Green Leaf Lettuce","description":"Black Seeded Simpson Lettuce features bright green, tender, curly leaves, and is a crunchy and delicious addition to sandwiches, burgers, and salads. This attractive, ruffled variety of green leaf lettuce is also a popular choice for food bars and commercial garnishes. The plant is exceptionally hardy and grows quickly, often reaching full maturity in as little as 40 days. The leaves are perfect for fresh salads, adding a light, crunchy texture that complements any dish. This variety is also incredibly easy to grow, making it a great option for beginner gardeners or anyone looking for a low-maintenance crop. Its compact growth habit makes it perfect for small spaces, container gardens, or even window boxes. With its early harvest time and adaptability, Black Seeded Simpson Lettuce offers a rewarding gardening experience and delicious, fresh greens for your meals. Known for its vibrant green color and delicate texture, this loose-leaf lettuce thrives in cool weather and can be harvested early, making it an excellent choice for spring and fall gardens.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Simpson Lettuce, Black Seeded Simpson, Simpson Green Lettuce, Summer Lettuce, Early Lettuce, Leaf Lettuce, Loose-Leaf Lettuce, Fast-growing Lettuce, Crisp Lettuce, Tender Leaf Lettuce.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Black Seeded Simpson Leaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa var. crispa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e28-44\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e10 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6- 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting lettuce in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (lettuce grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nBlack Seeded Simpson Lettuce can be harvested as early as 28 days for baby greens or 40 to 50 days for full-sized leaves. Pick outer leaves as needed, while leaving the center leaves to continue growing for a continuous harvest. For a full harvest, cut the plant at the base when it reaches 8 to 12 inches tall. Regularly picking leaves encourages new growth and prevents bolting, especially in warm weather. Harvest before bolting for best flavor.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":41963549622452,"sku":"LETBSS","price":4.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":41963549655220,"sku":"LETBSS-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Gourmet Mix Lettuce","offer_id":52476903883049,"sku":"LETBSS+LETGM","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce","offer_id":52476903915817,"sku":"LETBSS+LETBBL","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Parris Island Romaine Lettuce","offer_id":52476903948585,"sku":"LETBSS+LETROME","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce","offer_id":52476903981353,"sku":"LETBSS+LETICE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/bssl2_2286cf77-e06c-40c2-afb5-f14c27ac8741.jpg?v=1769022425"},{"product_id":"curled-blue-scotch-vates-kale","title":"Curled Blue Scotch Vates Kale","description":"Curled Blue Scotch Kale is a stunning, compact heirloom variety featuring crisp and hearty leaves with an earthy flavor. Its deeply crinkled, curly blue-green leaves form tight rosettes that stand out in any garden or container. Kale can handle the cold and will keep growing even after a few frosts. The flavor is mild yet robust, making it incredibly versatile for salads, soups, stir-fries, and kale chips. Kale is very nutrient-dense, containing high amounts of antioxidants, iron, calcium, and vitamins C, K, and A. Its compact size makes it ideal for small spaces or raised beds, while its cold tolerance ensures fresh greens even in the chill of fall and winter. Easy to grow and low-maintenance, this kale is perfect for both novice and seasoned gardeners. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Blue Curled Kale, Dwarf Blue Curled Kale, Curly Kale, Scotch Kale, Blue Scotch Kale, Dwarf Scotch Kale, Winter Kale, Curled Kale, Blue Curled Winter Kale, Early Curled Kale.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eKale, Curled Blue Scotch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBrassica oleracea var. acephala\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e5-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e56\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 - 24 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 - 24 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2025\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 2 feet apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlant Kale in the spring after all danger of frost has passed and the soil begins to warm (\u0026gt;45F). For fall crops, direct sow seeds or transplant seedlings outdoors 9-12 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 12-18 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 1-3 seeds per hole, planting 2-3 seeds if choosing to thin to the strongest plant. When thinning, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 feet\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 2-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nKale is ready to harvest when the leaves are large enough to eat, typically around 50-70 days after planting, depending on the variety. For the best flavor and tenderness, harvest the outer leaves while they are young and about the size of your hand, leaving the central leaves to continue growing. Kale can be harvested multiple times throughout the season, as it grows continuously. Cooler weather often improves its flavor, so fall-harvested kale is especially sweet and delicious. If frost occurs, it can make the leaves even tastier.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":46954224910633,"sku":"KALE","price":4.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":46954224943401,"sku":"KALE-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/kale15.jpg?v=1743609142"},{"product_id":"mesclun-mix-lettuce","title":"Mesclun Mix Lettuce (Spring Mix)","description":"Mesclun Mix Greens, often called \"Spring Mix Greens\", is a delightful blend of tender, flavorful greens that includes a variety of leafy lettuces, such as arugula, red leaf, butterhead, and other seasonal greens, offering a beautiful assortment of colors and textures. A favorite among gourmet restaurants, this mix comprises of  young, tender new leaves of several greens species, including Arugula, Mizuna, Tatsoi, and Red Russian Kale. The variety of textures and flavors in each leaf adds an exciting twist to your meals, offering everything from peppery arugula to sweet butterhead. With its compact growth habit, Mesclun Mix is ideal for small spaces, raised beds, or container gardening. Its quick-growing nature allows for multiple harvests in a single season, meaning you can enjoy fresh, homegrown greens all year long. It's a great choice for gardeners who want a versatile, fast-growing, and delicious lettuce variety that is perfect for enjoying fresh, healthy meals with minimal effort.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Salad Mix, Spring Mix, Baby Lettuce Mix, Mixed Salad Greens, Salad Greens Blend, Gourmet Salad Mix, Leafy Greens Mix, Lettuce Mix, Mesclun Salad, Wild Greens Mix.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Mesclun Mix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa var. crispa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e28-50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6- 15 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6- 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette, Upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting lettuce in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (lettuce grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nMesclun Mix Lettuce can be harvested when the leaves are 4 to 6 inches long, usually around 30 to 40 days after planting. For a continuous harvest, pick the outer leaves as needed, allowing the inner leaves to keep growing. If you prefer a full harvest, cut the entire head at the base when it reaches a mature size but before it starts to bolt, as the flavor can become bitter once it flowers. The best time to harvest is in the morning, when the leaves are crisp and full of moisture. After harvesting, store the leaves in the refrigerator wrapped in a damp paper towel or in a sealed container to keep them fresh.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":36877567131800,"sku":"LETMSCL","price":4.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":40970184851636,"sku":"LETMSCL-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Gourmet Mix Lettuce","offer_id":52476905718057,"sku":"LETMSCL+LETGM","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce","offer_id":52476905750825,"sku":"LETMSCL+LETBBL","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Parris Island Romaine Lettuce","offer_id":52476905783593,"sku":"LETMSCL+LETROME","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce","offer_id":52476905816361,"sku":"LETMSCL+LETICE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/2620_c7e49c8d-85fd-4deb-95b4-00858248f86f.jpg?v=1769022452"},{"product_id":"mizuna-mustard-greens","title":"Mizuna Mustard Green","description":"Mizuna Mustard Green is a stunning and flavorful addition to any garden, prized for its feathery, deeply serrated leaves and mild, peppery taste with a light cabbage flavor. This attractive, fast-growing Japanese heirloom is commonly used in packaged salad greens and thrives in a variety of climates, making it an excellent choice for gardeners seeking a versatile and easy-to-grow green. Its crisp texture and delicate flavor make it a standout in salads, stir-fries, and soups, while its vibrant, lush foliage adds beauty to your garden beds or containers.Mizuna’s tender leaves grow quickly, allowing for multiple harvests throughout the season, and it performs exceptionally well in both cool and warm weather. This nutrient-packed green is a powerhouse of vitamins A, C, and K, as well as essential minerals like calcium and iron, making it a healthy addition to your diet. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Japanese Mustard Greens, Shui Cai, California Peppergrass, Spider Mustard, Mizuna Greens, Japanese Mustard, Kyona, Potherb Mustard, Kyoto Mustard, Water Mustard, Wild Mustard, Brassica Japonica\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eMustard Green, Mizuna\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBrassica rapa subsp. nipposinica\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e5-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlant Mustard Greens in early spring 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost date and the soil begins to warm (\u0026gt;45F). For fall crops, direct sow seeds 6-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 6-12 inches apart down the rows of raised beds, depending on the desired size of plant harvest. Plant 1-3 seeds per hole, planting 2-3 seeds if choosing to thin to the strongest plant. When thinning, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. Plant every 2-3 weeks for a continuous crop.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6-12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 2-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nHarvest Mizuna Mustard Greens about 3 to 6 weeks after planting, once the leaves are at least 4 to 6 inches long. If you prefer a full harvest, cut the entire plant at the base before it bolts, usually around 40 to 50 days after planting. Mizuna has a mild, peppery flavor and is best harvested in the cooler months, as heat can cause it to become bitter. Regular harvesting encourages new growth and extends the season.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":46954224681257,"sku":"MUSTMIZG","price":4.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"9000+ Count","offer_id":46954224714025,"sku":"MUSTMIZG-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"18,000+ Count","offer_id":52481553137961,"sku":"MUSTMIZG-6x","price":13.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Komatsuna Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481553170729,"sku":"MUSTMIZG+MUSTKOMA","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count \u0026 3000+ Mibuna Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481553203497,"sku":"MUSTMIZG+MUSTMIB","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count \u0026 1500+ Red Mizuna Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481553236265,"sku":"MUSTMIZG+MUSTMIZR","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count \u0026 4000+ Tatsoi Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481553269033,"sku":"MUSTMIZG+MUSTTATS","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count \u0026 3000+ Giant Red Japanese Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481553301801,"sku":"MUSTMIZG+MUSTGR","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/mizuna14_a69fbd60-1865-4357-84c9-cea07548502d.jpg?v=1769095496"},{"product_id":"red-acre-cabbage","title":"Red Acre Cabbage","description":"[{\"sku\": \"DAIGLO\", \"label\": \"500+ Count\", \"size\": 1500, \"quantity\": 9999, \"price\": \"3.95\", \"price_ebay\": 3.95, \"weight_g\": 2.6}, {\"sku\": \"DAIGLO-3x\", \"label\": \"4500+ Count\", \"size\": 4500, \"quantity\": 9999, \"price\": \"8.8\", \"price_ebay\": \"9.8\", \"weight_g\": 6.5}]\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eCabbage, Red Acre\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBrassica oleracea var. capitata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e5-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 - 24 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 3 feet apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting cabbage in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (cabbage grows best in 60F-70F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 55F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 12-14 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 18-24 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 feet\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nHarvest cabbage when the heads are firm, fully formed, and have reached the desired size, typically 60-100 days after planting or 45-60 days after transplanting. To check if a head is ready, gently squeeze it; if it feels solid, it’s time to harvest. Use a sharp knife to cut the cabbage at its base, leaving a few outer leaves attached to protect the head. For extended harvesting, remove only the mature heads and leave the outer leaves and stem in place to encourage smaller secondary heads to form.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":41963546706100,"sku":"CABRA","price":4.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":41963546738868,"sku":"CABRA-3x","price":6.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000+ Count \u0026 1000+ Golden Acre Cabbage","offer_id":52448140460329,"sku":"CABRA+CABGA","price":5.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/REDCABBAGE1_87cd9f9b-846a-45d2-a8de-a6f62f5e10cd.png?v=1768495812"},{"product_id":"ruby-red-leaf-lettuce","title":"Ruby Red Leaf Lettuce","description":"Ruby Red Leaf Lettuce is an early variety that produces good yields of green-to-ruby red colored leaves. The leaves are deep red with green undertones, creating a visually striking contrast that makes it a perfect choice for adding color and texture to your salads and dishes. Ruby Red Leaf Lettuce is excellent for adding color to salads or garnishes. This variety has a tender, buttery texture with a mild, slightly sweet flavor that is less bitter than some other types of lettuce, making it a favorite for those who appreciate a delicate taste. This colorful variety is a very heat tolerant lettuce that is slow to bolt. Its fast-growing nature ensures you'll have a continuous supply of fresh greens throughout the growing season, even in the cooler months. Ruby Red Leaf Lettuce is also known for being highly nutritious, packed with vitamins and antioxidants, making it an excellent choice for those who prioritize healthy eating.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Red Romaine, Red Leaf, Ruby Leaf, Red Butterhead, Ruby Leaf Lettuce, Red Butter Lettuce, Burgundy Lettuce, Red Lettuce, Red Oakleaf Lettuce, Wine Leaf Lettuce.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Ruby Red Leaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa var. crispa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e28-55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e8 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting lettuce in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (lettuce grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nRuby Red Leaf Lettuce can be harvested as early as 28 days for baby greens or 40 to 50 days for full-sized leaves. Pick outer leaves as needed, while leaving the center leaves to continue growing for a continuous harvest. For a full harvest, cut the plant at the base when it reaches 8 to 12 inches tall. Regularly picking leaves encourages new growth and prevents bolting, especially in warm weather. Harvest before bolting for best flavor.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":41963546509492,"sku":"LETRRL","price":4.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":41963546542260,"sku":"LETRRL-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Gourmet Mix Lettuce","offer_id":52476907159849,"sku":"LETRRL+LETGM","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce","offer_id":52476907192617,"sku":"LETRRL+LETBBL","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Parris Island Romaine Lettuce","offer_id":52476907225385,"sku":"LETRRL+LETROME","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce","offer_id":52476907258153,"sku":"LETRRL+LETICE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/rlett1_7ef86dff-d320-41dd-abc3-75193afc6fa8.jpg?v=1769022477"},{"product_id":"tatsoi-mustard-green","title":"Tatsoi Mustard Green","description":"Tatsoi Mustard Green is a non-heading mustard that is very similar in flavor to spinach and Tatsoi Mustard Green is a remarkable Asian green that stands out with its glossy, spoon-shaped leaves forming a striking rosette pattern, bringing both elegance and utility to your garden. Renowned for its buttery texture and mild, earthy flavor with a hint of mustard spice, Tatsoi is a culinary treasure that shines in salads, stir-fries, soups, and even smoothies. Customers adore Tatsoi for its incredible cold-hardiness, allowing it to thrive even in frost, making it a dependable year-round crop. Its fast-growing nature ensures you’ll have a steady supply of fresh greens in as little as 25 days, perfect for those seeking quick rewards in their garden. The plant is not only visually stunning but also nutrient-dense, packed with vitamins A, C, and K, calcium, and antioxidants, supporting a healthy diet with every bite. Its compact size makes it ideal for small gardens, containers, or indoor growing, offering versatility for gardeners with limited space. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Spinach Mustard, Spoon Mustard, Tah Tsai, Tatsoi Cabbage, Rosette Mustard, Asian Spinach, Mustard Spinach, Flat Mustard, Chinese Mustard Green, Bok Choy Mustard.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eMustard Green, Tatsoi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBrassica rapa subsp. nipposinica\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e5-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e8 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e8 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlant Tatsoi Mustard Greens in early spring 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost date and the soil begins to warm (\u0026gt;45F). For fall crops, direct sow seeds 6-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 10 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 1-3 seeds per hole, planting 2-3 seeds if choosing to thin to the strongest plant. When thinning, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. Plant every 2-3 weeks for a continuous crop.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 2-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nTatsoi Mustard Greens can be harvested at any stage. For tender, baby leaves, harvest when they are about 4-5 inches long, around 3 weeks after planting, perfect for fresh salads and garnishes. If you prefer mature, more robust leaves, allow the plant to grow for 6-7 weeks until the rosette is fully formed, with leaves reaching up to 10 inches long, ideal for stir-fries, soups, and steaming. Snipping the outer leaves allows the inner growth to continue. Alternatively, for a full harvest, cut the entire rosette at the base, just above the soil.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"4000+ Count","offer_id":46954222649641,"sku":"MUSTTATS","price":16.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12,000+ Count","offer_id":49231375237417,"sku":"MUSTTATS-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"24,000+ Count","offer_id":52481553727785,"sku":"MUSTTATS-6x","price":14.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Komatsuna Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481553760553,"sku":"MUSTTATS+MUSTKOMA","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4000+ Count \u0026 3000+ Mibuna Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481553793321,"sku":"MUSTTATS+MUSTMIB","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4000+ Count \u0026 3000+ Green Mizuna Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481553826089,"sku":"MUSTTATS+MUSTMIZG","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4000+ Count \u0026 1500+ Red Mizuna Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481553858857,"sku":"MUSTTATS+MUSTMIZR","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4000+ Count \u0026 3000+ Giant Red Japanese Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481553891625,"sku":"MUSTTATS+MUSTGR","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/tatsoi13_8af768e8-08d5-455f-9d12-17561aedcd85.png?v=1769095505"},{"product_id":"parris-island-romaine-lettuce","title":"Parris Island Romaine Lettuce","description":"Parris Island Romaine Lettuce is a premium variety that features sturdy dark green leaves with firm rib down their centers. The deep green outer leaves encase a light, tender heart, offering a satisfying balance of mild sweetness and a delightful crunch that is perfect for salads, wraps, or as a topping for sandwiches and burgers. With its tall, upright growth and crisp, tender leaves, it’s a reliable choice for those seeking fresh, crunchy romaine all season long. Parris Island Romaine is a slow-to-bolt variety, allowing gardeners to enjoy fresh lettuce even into the warmer months, without worrying about it going to seed too soon. Its robust nature and compact head size make it an ideal choice for smaller spaces like raised beds or containers. Known for its versatility, it can be used in a variety of dishes, whether you’re preparing a classic Caesar salad or adding a fresh crunch to tacos. Growing Parris Island Romaine means always having access to a nutritious, delicious vegetable that's perfect for any meal!\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Parris Island Cos, Island Romaine, Cos Romaine, Romaine Lettuce, Cos Lettuce, Parris Island Lettuce, American Romaine, Parris Island Variety, Crisphead Romaine, Classic Romaine.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Parris Island Romaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa var. longifolia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e28-55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e10 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting lettuce in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (lettuce grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 12 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nParris Island Romaine Lettuce is ready to harvest when the outer leaves are 5 to 8 inches long, around 50 to 60 days after planting. For a continuous harvest, pick the outer leaves as needed, allowing the inner leaves to keep growing. If you prefer to harvest the whole head, wait until it forms a full, compact rosette, but before it starts to bolt, as the flavor can become bitter once the plant flowers. The best time to harvest is in the morning, when the leaves are crisp and well-hydrated. After harvesting, store the leaves in the refrigerator wrapped in a damp paper towel or in a sealed container to maintain freshness and flavor.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":37119057363124,"sku":"LETROME","price":4.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":40965529829556,"sku":"LETROME-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Gourmet Mix Lettuce","offer_id":52476906930473,"sku":"LETROME+LETGM","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce","offer_id":52476906963241,"sku":"LETROME+LETBBL","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce","offer_id":52476906996009,"sku":"LETROME+LETICE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/romaine1_dbfe7351-d384-48d1-9f62-a5048e7ef2e3.jpg?v=1769022472"},{"product_id":"iceberg-lettuce","title":"Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce","description":"Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce is the quintessential choice for gardeners seeking a cool, refreshing addition to their vegetable garden. Known for its tightly packed, crisp heads and vibrant green leaves, this classic lettuce variety is a favorite for both salads, burgers, sandwiches. Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce got its name in the 1920s from California growers who shipped heads covered with heaps of crushed ice. Iceberg features pale green leaves and a perfect round head. Its mild flavor and refreshing crunch make it a staple in kitchens around the world. This variety grows quickly and easily, making it perfect for beginner gardeners. The crisp, dense heads of lettuce are ideal for harvesting when fully matured, and they hold up well in storage, so you can enjoy fresh greens throughout the week. Iceberg Lettuce is also known for its ability to tolerate cooler weather, meaning you can plant it early in the season or late in the fall for an extended harvest.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Iceberg Lettuce, Crisphead Lettuce, Head Lettuce, White Crisphead, Iceberg Cabbage, Leaf Lettuce, Butterhead Lettuce, Romaine Lettuce, Lettuce Head, and Cabbage Lettuce.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Crisphead Iceberg\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa var. capitata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e35-75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e1 - 2 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting lettuce in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (lettuce grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 12 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nIceberg Lettuce can be harvested when the head is firm and fully formed, around 70 to 80 days after planting. The best time to harvest is when the leaves are crisp and the head feels dense and compact. Check for firmness by gently squeezing the head; if it gives slightly but is solid, it’s ready to harvest. Use a sharp knife to cut the head at the base, leaving the roots in the soil if you want to allow for potential regrowth. The best time to harvest is in the morning, when the lettuce is at its freshest and most hydrated. After harvesting, store the heads in the refrigerator, wrapped in a damp paper towel or in a sealed container to maintain their crispness and flavor.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":37119086756020,"sku":"LETICE","price":4.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":40965521440948,"sku":"LETICE-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Gourmet Mix Lettuce","offer_id":52476905488681,"sku":"LETICE+LETGM","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce","offer_id":52476905521449,"sku":"LETICE+LETBBL","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Parris Island Romaine Lettuce","offer_id":52476905554217,"sku":"LETICE+LETROME","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/ice9_048f619c-0332-48c8-9ebf-651e546d5d64.jpg?v=1769022448"},{"product_id":"gourmet-mix-lettuce","title":"Gourmet Mix Lettuce","description":"Gourmet Mix Lettuce is a delightful blend of vibrant, tender leaves that brings a burst of color and flavor to your garden and your table. This mix features a variety of lettuce types, including crisp romaines, delicate butterheads, and colorful leaf lettuces, such as Oakleaf, Ruby, Salad Bowl, Lolla Rossa, and Black Seeded Simpson, all with varying textures and shades of green, red, and purple. A favorite among gourmet restaurants, this mix comprises a combination of flavors ranges from mildly sweet to slightly tangy, ensuring a satisfying and refreshing addition to any dish. Packed with nutrients, including vitamin A and antioxidants, Gourmet Mix Lettuce supports a healthy diet while bringing versatility and beauty to your meals. Whether you're crafting a salad, adding a topping to sandwiches, or garnishing a bowl, this versatile mix is sure to impress.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Gourmet Salad Mix, Salad Greens Mix, Mesclun Mix, Mixed Greens, Baby Greens, Heirloom Salad Mix, Organic Salad Greens, Salad Leaf Mix, Edible Leaf Mix, Fresh Greens Blend.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Gourmet Mix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa var. crispa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e28-50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e8 - 10 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette, Upright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting lettuce in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (lettuce grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nGourmet Mix Lettuce can be harvested when the leaves are 4 to 6 inches long, usually around 30 to 40 days after planting. For a continuous harvest, pick the outer leaves as needed, allowing the inner leaves to keep growing. If you prefer a full harvest, cut the entire head at the base when it reaches a mature size but before it starts to bolt, as the flavor can become bitter once it flowers. The best time to harvest is in the morning, when the leaves are crisp and full of moisture. After harvesting, store the leaves in the refrigerator wrapped in a damp paper towel or in a sealed container to keep them fresh.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":37121826422964,"sku":"LETGM","price":4.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":40965082448052,"sku":"LETGM-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Mesclun Mix Lettuce","offer_id":52476905226537,"sku":"LETGM+LETMSCL","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce","offer_id":52476905259305,"sku":"LETGM+LETBBL","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Parris Island Romaine Lettuce","offer_id":52476905292073,"sku":"LETGM+LETROME","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce","offer_id":52476905324841,"sku":"LETGM+LETICE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/GML4_73fb1fe8-05cd-4e44-959d-601697e17476.jpg?v=1769022443"},{"product_id":"alfalfa","title":"True Alfalfa","description":"Alfalfa is a nutrient-packed powerhouse that brings numerous benefits to your garden and kitchen. Known for its high protein content, it’s an excellent addition to salads, sandwiches, and smoothies, boosting your meals with essential vitamins and minerals like vitamin K, fiber, calcium, copper, folate and magnesium. Alfalfa grows quickly and easily, making it ideal for both beginner and seasoned gardeners, and its deep roots help improve soil structure and fertility by breaking up compacted soil. This versatile plant thrives in a variety of climates and can be grown year-round in many regions, providing a steady supply of fresh greens for your table. As a legume, alfalfa also enriches the soil with nitrogen, making it an excellent companion plant for other crops. With its mild, nutty flavor and countless culinary uses, alfalfa is not only a great addition to your diet but also a sustainable and beneficial crop for your garden.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Lucerne, Medicago Sativa, Chilean Clover, Lucerna, Green Dragon, Holy Hay, French Grass, Trefoil, Buffalo Grass, King’s Hay, and Milk Vetch.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAlfalfa, True\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eMedicago sativa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3-5\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6-40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e1 - 3 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 - 24 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3-9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003ePerennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nTo plant alfalfa for sprouts, soak 1-2 tablespoons of alfalfa seeds in water for 8-12 hours, or overnight. Once soaked, drain the seeds thoroughly and place them in a sprouting jar or container with a mesh lid, allowing for proper drainage and airflow. Keep the jar in a warm, dark place, like the kitchen counter, for the first 2-3 days to encourage germination. Rinse and drain the seeds twice a day to maintain moisture and prevent mold. In 5-7 days, the alfalfa sprouts will be ready to harvest, providing you with fresh, nutritious sprouts.\n\nTo plant alfalfa in the garden, plant in the spring after all danger of frost has passed and the soil begins to warm (\u0026gt;45F). For fall crops, direct sow seeds or transplant seedlings outdoors 9-12 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 2 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 1-3 seeds per hole, planting 2-3 seeds. For small scale planting, alfalfa can be scattered and lightly raked in. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e You may optionally apply a low-nitrogen fertilizer after cuttings or if the soil is nutrient-poor, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nAlfalfa leaves are best harvested when they are in the early bloom stage, just as the flowers begin to open, about 60-70 days after planting. If harvesting for hay or as a forage crop, cut the plants before they fully mature to maintain the best quality. For alfalfa sprouts, harvest 4-6 days after sowing when the sprouts are about 1-2 inches tall.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":49231374418217,"sku":"ALF","price":4.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":49231374450985,"sku":"ALF-3x","price":7.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/2 Pound","offer_id":52441315082537,"sku":"ALF-1\/2LB","price":11.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Pound","offer_id":52441315115305,"sku":"ALF-1LB","price":17.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3 Pounds","offer_id":52441315148073,"sku":"ALF-3LB","price":31.0,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/alfa4_35fbe7d1-b897-45e9-be0e-9639a6b2d5df.jpg?v=1768407581"},{"product_id":"giant-malabar-spinach","title":"Giant Malabar Spinach","description":"Giant Malabar Spinach is an edible perennial and fast-growing vine with glossy, edible leaves found in tropical Asia and Africa where it is widely used as a leaf vegetable. Unlike traditional spinach, Giant Malabar Spinach is heat-tolerant, making it an excellent choice for warmer growing seasons, and its sprawling nature makes it ideal for trellises or vertical gardening. Malabar Spinach has a mild, slightly peppery flavor that holds up well in cooked dishes like stir-fries, soups, and casseroles, and can even be enjoyed fresh in salads. This warm-season crop favors high heat and successful growth is dependent on high temperatures and moist, fertile soil that is high in organic matter. Malabar's impressive growth rate ensures a steady harvest throughout the summer months, offering continuous greens even during the hottest times of the year. The plant is also low-maintenance, resistant to pests and diseases, and thrives in a variety of soil conditions, making it perfect for both novice and experienced gardeners. The succulent leaves are packed with nutrients, offering a rich source of Niacin and Zinc, as well as Dietary Fiber, Protein, Vitamin A, Vitamin C, Vitamin E, Vitamin K, folic acid, iron, and calcium, making them a nutritious addition to any meal.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Ceylon Spinach, Vine Spinach, Pui Saag, Indian Spinach, Red Vine Spinach, Climbing Spinach, Vine Spinach, Creeping Spinach, Basella Alba, Pui Leaf, Spondias Malabarica.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eSpinach, Giant Round Leaf Malabar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBasella alba\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e10-21\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 10 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2 - 3 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eVining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nMalabar spinach is best planted in warm weather, as it thrives in temperatures between 70F- 90F. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 70F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting. Train plants to climb a 6-8 foot trellis or fence as they establish.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 70F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors at least 14 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1 inch deep and spaced 12 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant about 1-3 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. Train plants to climb a 6-8 foot trellis or fence as they establish.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 inches, trellis\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, you may optionally apply a complete fertilizer, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nHarvest Malabar spinach 60-85 days after planting, though you can begin picking younger leaves as soon as they are large enough to eat. To harvest, look for healthy, dark green leaves and stems, and use scissors or garden shears to cut individual leaves, stems, or vine tips. Start by picking the outer leaves of the plant, allowing the inner, younger leaves to continue growing for future harvests. If you're harvesting the entire plant, cut it back to the base, and it will often regrow for additional harvests. Keep an eye on the plant to prevent it from flowering and going to seed, as this can cause the leaves to become tougher and more bitter. Regularly picking the tender, younger leaves not only ensures a steady harvest but also encourages continuous growth. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"200+ Count","offer_id":37263085830324,"sku":"SPINM","price":7.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"600+ Count","offer_id":41038920614068,"sku":"SPINM-3x","price":10.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1200+ Count","offer_id":52513932050729,"sku":"SPINM-6x","price":16.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/mspin19.1_915a971e-3a96-49d8-ae46-3b62cd522a66.jpg?v=1769530043"},{"product_id":"palla-rosa-radicchio","title":"Palla Rosa Radicchio","description":"Palla Rosa Radicchio is a visually stunning and flavorful variety featuring acompact, round-shaped head of vibrant, deep red leaves with white veining. The crisp texture and mildly bitter, slightly sweet flavor make it a perfect addition to salads, grilled dishes, or even roasted for a deeper, smoky taste. Palla Rosa is known for its ability to thrive in cooler weather, making it a great choice for spring and fall gardening, and it’s ready to harvest in just 60 to 75 days. Whether you’re growing it for culinary purposes or as a decorative touch, this radicchio variety adds color and elegance to any garden. The plants are also relatively low-maintenance, requiring only basic care, and are highly adaptable to various garden settings, from raised beds to container gardens. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Italian Red Leaf, Italian Chicory, Red Chicory, Treviso, Castelfranco, Rosso Di Treviso, Radicchio Di Chioggia, Chicory, Red Endive, Rossa, Burgundy Lettuce.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRadicchio, Palla Rosa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eCichorium intybus var. foliosum\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e85\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e8 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e4-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003ePerennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 18 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting radicchio in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (radichio grows best in 50F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 2-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 55F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 8-10 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nPalla Rossa Radicchio is ready for harvest when the heads are firm and tightly packed, about 70 to 80 days after planting. The outer leaves will be dark red, while the inner leaves should be crisp and white. Harvest should be done when the heads have reached a good size, around 6 to 8 inches in diameter, and before they begin to bolt or flower, which can affect the flavor. To harvest, use a sharp knife to cut the entire head of radicchio at the base, just above the roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":41963541987508,"sku":"RDICC","price":4.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":41963542020276,"sku":"RDICC-3x","price":10.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12,000+ Count","offer_id":52513918910761,"sku":"RDICC-6x","price":16.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/rdicc1_ef5d7b3a-b843-4361-a5fb-ad75549473bc.jpg?v=1769529878"},{"product_id":"african-cabbage","title":"African Cabbage","description":"African Cabbage, also known as Ethiopian Kale, is a highly nutritious and flavorful leafy green with similar properties to collard greens. This versatile vegetable is packed with vitamins and minerals, offering a rich source of vitamin C, calcium, and iron, making it a great addition to any healthy diet. Known for its hearty, slightly peppery taste, African Cabbage is perfect for adding flavor to soups, stews, and stir-fries. It's a hardy plant that grows well in a variety of climates, making it an excellent choice for both beginners and experienced gardeners. African Cabbage also makes for a great cover ctop; It will remain erect and retain its leaves after dying from cold weather which makes it a very effective snow catch cover crop. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Ethiopian Cabbage, Ethiopian Kale, Jute Leaf, Cover Crop Cabbage.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAfrican Cabbage\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBrassica rapa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e4-7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e40-75\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6-10 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nAfrican Cabbage grows best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 2 feet apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlant African Cabbage in the spring after all danger of frost has passed and the soil begins to warm (\u0026gt;45F). For fall crops, direct sow seeds or transplant seedlings outdoors 9-12 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 12-18 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 1-3 seeds per hole, planting 2-3 seeds if choosing to thin to the strongest plant. When thinning, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 feet\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 2-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nAfrican Cabbage is ready to harvest when the leaves are large enough to eat, typically around 50-70 days after planting, depending on the variety. For the best flavor and tenderness, harvest the outer leaves while they are young and about the size of your hand, leaving the central leaves to continue growing. African Cabbage can be harvested multiple times throughout the season, as it grows continuously. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":41963541889204,"sku":"ACAB","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":52441774915881,"sku":"ACAB-3x","price":7.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1 Ounce","offer_id":52441774948649,"sku":"ACAB-1OZ","price":11.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1\/4 Pound","offer_id":52441774981417,"sku":"ACAB-1\/4LB","price":20.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/acab1_4cc5f6cb-efdc-4d06-a714-11f2ece44dde.jpg?v=1768407563"},{"product_id":"upland-cress","title":"Upland Cress","description":"Upland Cress is a hardy, fast-growing green that thrives in both cool and warm climates, making it a versatile addition to any garden. With its mildly peppery flavor, similar to arugula, it adds a unique taste to salads, sandwiches, or as a garnish for various dishes. Unlike traditional cress, Upland Cress doesn't require constant moisture, making it easier to grow and less maintenance-intensive. It is packed with vitamins and antioxidants, including high amounts of vitamin C, iron, and calcium, which contribute to a healthy, nutrient-dense diet. Upland Cress is also a resilient plant, capable of growing in containers or garden beds, making it an excellent option for gardeners with limited space. Its quick growth cycle means you can enjoy fresh, homegrown greens in as little as 30 days, perfect for gardeners who love to harvest often.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Pepper Cress, Garden Cress, Curled Cress, Watercress, Land Cress, Scurvy Grass, Indian Cress, Mustard Cress, Winter Cress, Rock Cress, Poor Man's Pepper, Peppergrass, Cress, Scurvy Grass.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eCress, Upland\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBarbarea verna\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3-7\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e30\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eSpreading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nCress grows best in cooler temperatures (55F-65F). Plant cress in the spring after all danger of frost has passed as soon as the soil can be worked. For fall crops, direct sow seeds or transplant seedlings outdoors 4-6 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/8 inch deep and spaced 6 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 5 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin plants after germination, broadcast seeds then separate to 6 inches apart after emergence to give plants more spacing for larger growth. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Additional fertilizing is usually not needed because the plant grows so quickly. If growth is slow or leaves are smaller than expected, you may optionally apply a light dressing of a complete fertilizer, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nHarvest Upland Cress when the leaves are young and tender, about 30-40 days after planting. Cut the outer leaves using scissors or garden shears, leaving the younger, inner leaves to continue growing. Harvest the leaves as needed, taking no more than a third of the plant at a time to encourage new growth. It’s best to harvest before the plant bolts (flowers and goes to seed), as this can make the leaves taste more bitter. Regular harvesting will keep the plant productive and ensure a continuous supply of fresh greens.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":41963541528756,"sku":"CRESSU","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":41963541561524,"sku":"CRESSU-3x","price":7.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"10,000+ Count","offer_id":52448170443049,"sku":"CRESSU-10x","price":11.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000+ Count \u0026 1000+ Curled Cress","offer_id":52448170475817,"sku":"CRESSU+CRESSC","price":5.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/ucress1_2ee04bf3-3579-4a86-8881-bfbb6b15efd3.jpg?v=1768496185"},{"product_id":"komatsuna-mustard-spinach","title":"Komatsuna Mustard Green Spinach","description":"Komatsuna Mustard Green, often called the \"Japanese Mustard Spinach,\" is a vibrant and versatile, tender leafy green with a mild, slightly sweet flavor that resembles spinach. Originating from Japan, Komatsuna can be eaten at any stage of growth and is often prepared in soups, eaten raw in salads, pickled, or stir-fried. Komatsuna is nutrient-rich, containing Vitamins A, C, beta- carotene, calcium, folate, fiber and phytonutrients along with calcium and antioxidants, supporting overall health and wellness. It’s an incredibly versatile vegetable that thrives in warm and cool seasons, offering gardeners an easy-to-grow and highly productive crop. Komatsuna adds aesthetic value to your garden with its lush, vibrant foliage, and its fast-growing nature means you can enjoy fresh greens in just a few weeks. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Japanese Mustard Spinach, Spinach Mustard, Tendergreen, Japanese Spinach, Japanese Chard, Japanese Mustard Greens, Komatsuna, Leaf Mustard, Mustard Spinach, Brassica rapa var. perviridis.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eMustard Spinach, Komatsuna\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBrassica rapa var. perviridis\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e5-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e40\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 8 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlant Mustard Greens in early spring 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost date and the soil begins to warm (\u0026gt;45F). For fall crops, direct sow seeds 6-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 6-12 inches apart down the rows of raised beds, depending on the desired size of plant harvest. Plant 1-3 seeds per hole, planting 2-3 seeds if choosing to thin to the strongest plant. When thinning, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. Plant every 2-3 weeks for a continuous crop.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6-12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 2-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nKomatsuna Greens can be harvested as soon as the leaves reach about 4 to 6 inches in length, typically 30 to 40 days after planting. If you prefer to harvest the entire plant, cut it at the base before it bolts, as heat can cause the leaves to become tough and bitter. Regular harvesting encourages new growth and extends the season. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":49231370518825,"sku":"MUSTKOMA","price":4.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":49231370551593,"sku":"MUSTKOMA-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12,000+ Count","offer_id":52481551892777,"sku":"MUSTKOMA-6x","price":13.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Mibuna Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481551925545,"sku":"MUSTKOMA+MUSTMIB","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 3000+ Mizuna Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481551958313,"sku":"MUSTKOMA+MUSTMIZG","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 1500+ Red Mizuna Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481551991081,"sku":"MUSTKOMA+MUSTMIZR","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 4000+ Tatsoi Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481552023849,"sku":"MUSTKOMA+MUSTTATS","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 3000+ Giant Red Japanese Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481552056617,"sku":"MUSTKOMA+MUSTGR","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/koma3_ae29c131-2e02-466f-b051-524881370049.jpg?v=1769095486"},{"product_id":"salad-bowl-leaf-lettuce","title":"Salad Bowl Lettuce","description":"Salad Bowl Leaf Lettuce is an ideal lettuce variety forming large, lime-green rosettes of delicate, frilly, tender leaves. This lettuce grows into a loose, airy head that resembles a bowl, making it visually appealing and ideal for garnishing or topping your favorite dishes. The mild, sweet taste and crisp texture make it an exceptional choice for fresh salads or as a crunchy addition to sandwiches and wraps. This fast-growing lettuce is not only easy to grow but also thrives in cooler weather, allowing you to enjoy fresh greens throughout the spring and fall. Its adaptable nature means it can flourish in both small garden spaces and containers, so even gardeners with limited room can grow their own leafy greens. This variety has relatively good heat tolerance and does not get bitter in hot weather. The baby leaves are ready for harvest in just 28 days and reach full size in about 50 days. Packed with essential vitamins and minerals, it’s a nutritious addition to any diet.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Green Salad Bowl, Looseleaf Lettuce, Butterhead Lettuce, Loose-Leaf Lettuce, Oakleaf Lettuce, Salad Bowl Lettuce, Green Leaf Lettuce, Butterhead Leaf Lettuce, Salad Mix Lettuce, Baby Leaf Lettuce.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Salad Bowl Leaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa var. crispa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e28-50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e10 -14 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting lettuce in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (lettuce grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nSalad Bowl Leaf Lettuce can be harvested as early as 28 days for baby greens or 40 to 50 days for full-sized leaves. Pick outer leaves as needed, while leaving the center leaves to continue growing for a continuous harvest. For a full harvest, cut the plant at the base when it reaches 8 to 12 inches tall. Regularly picking leaves encourages new growth and prevents bolting, especially in warm weather. Harvest before bolting for best flavor.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":41963538448564,"sku":"LETSB","price":4.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":41963538481332,"sku":"LETSB-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Gourmet Mix Lettuce","offer_id":52476907520297,"sku":"LETSB+LETGM","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce","offer_id":52476907553065,"sku":"LETSB+LETBBL","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Parris Island Romaine Lettuce","offer_id":52476907585833,"sku":"LETSB+LETROME","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce","offer_id":52476907618601,"sku":"LETSB+LETICE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/salad3_45ff7317-277e-47fd-9359-47e5478eb27c.jpg?v=1769022482"},{"product_id":"oakleaf-lettuce","title":"Oakleaf Lettuce","description":"Oakleaf Lettuce is prized for its delicate, lobed leaves that resemble the shape of an oak tree’s foliage. With its vibrant green color and slightly sweet, crisp texture, this lettuce offers a unique taste that stands out from other leafy greens. Oakleaf’s mild, slightly nutty flavor makes it a delightful addition to salads, sandwiches, and wraps, while the attractive leaves add a touch of elegance to any dish. It can be used as a border accent in a garden and makes delicious young baby salad greens. The compact size of the plant makes it perfect for small spaces, raised beds, and containers, allowing even city gardeners to grow their own crisp, homegrown greens. It's a versatile plant that grows quickly, providing fresh, tender leaves ready to harvest in no time, making it a great choice for gardeners of all skill levels.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Green Oakleaf Lettuce, Oak Leaf Lettuce, Leaf Lettuce, Green Leaf Lettuce, Leaf Lettuce, Butter Oak Lettuce, Oak Lettuce, Curled Leaf Lettuce, Oak-Leafed Lettuce.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Oakleaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa var. crispa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e28-65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e8 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting lettuce in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (lettuce grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nOakleaf Lettuce leaves can be harvested when 5 to 8 inches long, usually around 30 to 40 days after planting. For a continuous harvest, pick the outer leaves as needed, allowing the inner ones to keep growing. If you prefer to harvest the whole plant, wait until it forms a full, leafy rosette, but before it begins to bolt, as the leaves can become bitter once the plant flowers. The best time to harvest is in the morning, when the leaves are crisp and well-hydrated. After harvesting, store the leaves in the refrigerator, wrapped in a damp paper towel or in a sealed container, to keep them fresh and flavorful for a longer period.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":41963537891508,"sku":"LETOAK","price":4.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":41963537924276,"sku":"LETOAK-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Gourmet Mix Lettuce","offer_id":52476906078505,"sku":"LETOAK+LETGM","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce","offer_id":52476906111273,"sku":"LETOAK+LETBBL","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Parris Island Romaine Lettuce","offer_id":52476906144041,"sku":"LETOAK+LETROME","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce","offer_id":52476906176809,"sku":"LETOAK+LETICE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/oaklf5_968a9909-5323-4938-a4ca-f5d139caca5a.jpg?v=1769022458"},{"product_id":"green-curled-ruffec-endive","title":"Green Curled Ruffec Endive","description":"Green Curled Ruffec Endive features dark-green heavily serrated 12-18\" leaves in loose heads, which blanch to cream in the center. It is a flavorful bitter green that can add a great crisp texture and flavor to many types of dishes. Use Green Curled Ruffec Endive greens for elegant salads, harvesting baby leaves early on when they reach the desired size, and harvesting the full leaves for later use. Green Curled Ruffec leaves can be  elegant vessels for goat cheese, nuts, and fruits or wrapped around savory fillings like smoked salmon or prosciutto for a delightful appetizer. Add the leaves to soups and stews to enhance the texture and flavor or roast for a warm, earthy size dish. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Curled Chicory, Lettuce Endive, Curly Endive, Ruffec Leaf Endive, Escarole.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eEndive, Green Curled Ruffec\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eCichorium endivia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e80\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e8 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 18 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting endive in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (endive grows best in 60F-70F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 2-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 55F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 8-10 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nEndive is ready at any stage of harvest, but usually harvested when the leaves form a dense rosette, about 50-90 days after planting. To harvest, use a sharp knife to cut the plant at its base, just above the soil line, ensuring you leave the root system intact if you plan to grow another crop. Full heads should be harvested before the plant bolts, which happens in hot weather. For baby greens, you can begin harvesting individual outer leaves when they are 4–6 inches long, allowing the inner leaves to continue growing for successive harvests. If blanching for milder flavor is desired, tie the outer leaves together or cover the plants with a lightweight cloth about a week before harvesting to reduce bitterness.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":37650158747828,"sku":"ENDC","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":40965222662324,"sku":"ENDC-3x","price":7.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/endivc3_eab76dd7-78cd-46f3-8fe0-721d42a85dc4.jpg?v=1768496413"},{"product_id":"late-flat-dutch-cabbage","title":"Late Flat Dutch Cabbage","description":"Late Flat Dutch Cabbage is a time-tested heirloom variety known for its solid flat-topped blue-green head, short white core, and excellent flavor. They are a standard late-season variety and weigh as much as 15 pounds. Its large, dense heads provide a generous harvest, making it a favorite among gardeners and cooks alike. This variety is renowned for its extended storage capabilities, allowing you to enjoy fresh cabbage well into the winter months. Its mild and sweet flavor makes it versatile for a wide range of culinary uses, from coleslaws and salads to soups and fermented dishes like sauerkraut. The plant is hardy and resilient, performing well in cooler climates and providing reliable yields even under challenging conditions.  \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Flat Dutch Cabbage, Late Dutch Cabbage, Dutch Flathead Cabbage, Winter Flat Cabbage, Heirloom Flat Dutch, Large Flat Cabbage, Green Dutch Flat, Hardy Dutch Cabbage, Late Maturing Flathead, Cold Hardy Flat Dutch.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eCabbage, Late Flat Dutch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBrassica oleracea var. capitata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e5-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e105\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 - 24 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 3 feet apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting cabbage in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (cabbage grows best in 60F-70F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 6-8 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 55F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 14 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 18-24 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 feet\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nHarvest cabbage when the heads are firm, fully formed, and have reached the desired size, typically 60-100 days after planting or 45-60 days after transplanting. To check if a head is ready, gently squeeze it; if it feels solid, it’s time to harvest. Use a sharp knife to cut the cabbage at its base, leaving a few outer leaves attached to protect the head. For extended harvesting, remove only the mature heads and leave the outer leaves and stem in place to encourage smaller secondary heads to form.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":49231370125609,"sku":"CABFD","price":4.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":49231370158377,"sku":"CABFD-3x","price":6.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000+ Count \u0026 1000+ Red Acre Cabbage","offer_id":52448139641129,"sku":"CABFD+CABRA","price":5.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/cabfd18_996c3e6d-25fe-40af-9dd4-12dc6b32373f.jpg?v=1768495792"},{"product_id":"early-jersey-wakefield-cabbage","title":"Early Jersey Wakefield Cabbage","description":"Early Jersey Wakefield Cabbage is a beloved heirloom variety known for its compact, conical heads and sweet, tender flavor. Its early maturity makes it a favorite for gardeners eager to enjoy fresh cabbage early in the season. Perfect for small gardens, this space-saving variety thrives in tight planting spaces while delivering abundant yields. A slow-bolting variety and excellent-tasting. Versatile in nature, use in salads and slaws, stir-fry or braise cabbage to bring out its natural sweetness.Its crisp texture and mild taste make it a versatile choice for salads, slaws, stir-fries, and soups. With its rich green color and distinctive pointed shape, Early Jersey Wakefield Cabbage adds visual interest to garden beds while providing a nutritious, homegrown vegetable that’s packed with vitamins and antioxidants.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Wakefield Cabbage, Jersey Cabbage, Early Wakefield, Pointed Cabbage, Conehead Cabbage, Heart-Shaped Cabbage, Heirloom Wakefield, Sweet Green Wakefield, Compact Cone Cabbage, Tender Wakefield Cabbage.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eCabbage, Early Jersey Wakefield\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBrassica oleracea var. capitata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e5-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e64\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 - 24 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 3 feet apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting cabbage in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (cabbage grows best in 60F-70F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 55F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 12-14 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 18-24 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 feet\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nHarvest cabbage when the heads are firm, fully formed, and have reached the desired size, typically 60-100 days after planting or 45-60 days after transplanting. To check if a head is ready, gently squeeze it; if it feels solid, it’s time to harvest. Use a sharp knife to cut the cabbage at its base, leaving a few outer leaves attached to protect the head. For extended harvesting, remove only the mature heads and leave the outer leaves and stem in place to encourage smaller secondary heads to form.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":49231370060073,"sku":"CABEJ","price":4.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":49231370092841,"sku":"CABEJ-3x","price":6.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000+ Count \u0026 1000+ Red Acre Cabbage","offer_id":52448139182377,"sku":"CABEJ+CABRA","price":5.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/cabej2_ae4f6f64-4d80-4e9b-8246-bd4ca5b79c49.png?v=1768495792"},{"product_id":"brunswick-cabbage","title":"Brunswick Cabbage","description":"Brunswick Cabbage is a German heirloom variety that dates back to the 18th Century. It is a mid-to-late season flattened drumhead type that produces uniform 6-9 pound cabbages that stores well for long periods. Known for its dense, compact heads, this cabbage provides a generous yield, ideal for both fresh consumption and preservation. Its crisp texture and mild, slightly sweet flavor make it a favorite for slaws, soups, and stir-fries. It is a favorite choice for homemade sauerkraut and a good source of minerals such as thiamin, calcium, iron, magnesium, phosphorus, and potassium. With excellent storage qualities, Brunswick Cabbage can be kept for extended periods, ensuring fresh produce for months after harvest. Its robust growth and ability to withstand frosty conditions also make it an excellent choice for winter gardening. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Brunswick Head Cabbage, Brunswick Type Cabbage, Savoy Cabbage, Green Cabbage, Brassica Oleracea, Round Cabbage, Globe Cabbage, Head Cabbage, Winter Cabbage, Early Cabbage.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eCabbage, Brunswick\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBrassica oleracea var. capitata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e5-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 - 24 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 3 feet apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting cabbage in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (cabbage grows best in 60F-70F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 55F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 12-14 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 18-24 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 feet\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nHarvest cabbage when the heads are firm, fully formed, and have reached the desired size, typically 60-100 days after planting or 45-60 days after transplanting. To check if a head is ready, gently squeeze it; if it feels solid, it’s time to harvest. Use a sharp knife to cut the cabbage at its base, leaving a few outer leaves attached to protect the head. For extended harvesting, remove only the mature heads and leave the outer leaves and stem in place to encourage smaller secondary heads to form.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":49231369994537,"sku":"CABBR","price":4.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":49231370027305,"sku":"CABBR-3x","price":6.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000+ Count \u0026 1000+ Red Acre Cabbage","offer_id":52448138592553,"sku":"CABBR+CABRA","price":5.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/cabfd13_cafae9a5-ad21-408f-acbe-e32cc29624ff.jpg?v=1768495776"},{"product_id":"red-russian-kale","title":"Red Russian Kale","description":"Red Russian Kale has beautiful flat, smooth green, purple-veined leaves with jagged edges and purple stems. This hardy, heirloom variety thrives in cool climates and is renowned for its sweet, mild flavor and delicate taste that’s perfect for salads, smoothies, and sautes. The tender leaves are ideal for those who find other kale varieties too tough or fibrous, while its quick growth ensures a reliable and continuous harvest throughout the season. Its compact growth habit and eye-catching appearance make it as beautiful as it is productive, adding both nutrition and visual appeal to your garden beds. This hardy variety can thrive in the wintertime, surviving in temperatures as low as 15° Celsius. Kale has incredible nutritious value, with a large amount of vitamin K at 3.7 times the daily value, and is a rich source (20% or more of the DV) of vitamin A, vitamin C, vitamin B6, folate, and manganese. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Ragged Jack, Buda Kale, Siberian Kale, Canadian Broccoli, Rouge de Russie, Red Russian Kale, Red Winter Kale, Purple Kale, Russian Red Kale, Red Curly Kale, Scarlet Kale, Red Curled Kale, Winter Red Kale.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eKale, Red Russian\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBrassica napus var. pabularia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e5-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 - 24 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 - 24 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 2 feet apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlant Kale in the spring after all danger of frost has passed and the soil begins to warm (\u0026gt;45F). For fall crops, direct sow seeds or transplant seedlings outdoors 9-12 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 12-18 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 1-3 seeds per hole, planting 2-3 seeds if choosing to thin to the strongest plant. When thinning, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 feet\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 2-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nKale is ready to harvest when the leaves are large enough to eat, typically around 50-70 days after planting, depending on the variety. For the best flavor and tenderness, harvest the outer leaves while they are young and about the size of your hand, leaving the central leaves to continue growing. Kale can be harvested multiple times throughout the season, as it grows continuously. Cooler weather often improves its flavor, so fall-harvested kale is especially sweet and delicious. If frost occurs, it can make the leaves even tastier.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":46954216784169,"sku":"KALER","price":4.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":46954216816937,"sku":"KALER-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Blue Scotch Curled Kale","offer_id":52476893233449,"sku":"KALER+KALE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Tuscan Lacinato Kale","offer_id":52476893266217,"sku":"KALER+KALED","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 1500+ Nero Di Toscano Kale","offer_id":52476893298985,"sku":"KALER+KALEN","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/kaler6_ca6e1b08-801f-4837-a961-aa76bda03fa9.jpg?v=1769022294"},{"product_id":"new-zealand-spinach","title":"New Zealand Spinach","description":"New Zealand Spinach, also known as \"Hot Weather Spinach\", is a versatile and resilient annual that grows excellently in hot, dry weather. It is slow-bolting and grows succulent, With its glossy, dark green, triangular leaves and sprawling growth habit, this plant offers a refreshing change from traditional spinach. Known for thriving in warm temperatures, New Zealand Spinach grows rapidly and can handle the heat, making it the perfect choice for gardeners in warmer climates where other greens may struggle.This spinach alternative is rich in nutrients, including vitamins A, C, and iron, delivering all the health benefits of spinach without the worry of bolting in hot weather. Its mild, slightly earthy flavor adds a delicious touch to a wide range of dishes, from salads and sandwiches to soups and stir-fries.. New Zealand Spinach also has impressive pest resistance, making it easy to grow with minimal care.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Tetragonia, Tetragonia Expansa, Hot Weather Spinach, Warrigal Greens, Sunberry, Botany Bay Spinach, Mountain Spinach, Chile Spinach, Creeping Spinach, Poor Man's Spinach.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eSpinach, New Zealand\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTetragonia tetragonioides\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e14-21\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e1 - 2 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3 - 4 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eVining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual, Perennial 10-12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nNew Zealand spinach has high tolerance to warm weather unlike typical spinach, able to grow in temperatures between 50F- 90F. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 60F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting. Train plants to climb a 6-8 foot trellis or fence as they establish.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 60F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 8-10 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1 inch deep and spaced 12 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant about 1-3 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. Train plants to climb a 6-8 foot trellis or fence as they establish.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 inches, trellis\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, you may optionally apply a complete fertilizer, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nNew Zealand spinach is ready to harvest around 50 to 60 days after planting, though you can begin picking leaves once the plant has established itself and has plenty of healthy foliage. Harvest the outer leaves first, cutting them at the base with scissors or a knife, while allowing the inner leaves to continue growing for a prolonged harvest period. You can continue to pick leaves throughout the growing season, as New Zealand spinach will keep producing new growth if regularly harvested. Avoid waiting too long for a full harvest, as the leaves can become tougher and more fibrous if they are left too long. Regular harvesting encourages the plant to keep growing, ensuring a steady supply of fresh spinach-like leaves for cooking.\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"200+ Count","offer_id":37691924971700,"sku":"SPINNZ","price":7.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"600+ Count","offer_id":37691925004468,"sku":"SPINNZ-3x","price":11.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1200+ Count","offer_id":52513933295913,"sku":"SPINNZ-6x","price":16.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/spinnz_82f197a7-edb2-41f6-9da3-539e964447d6.jpg?v=1769530062"},{"product_id":"red-stem-malabar-spinach","title":"Red Stem Malabar Spinach","description":"Red Stem Malabar Spinach is a stunning and unique variety that brings vibrant color and robust flavor to your garden. Known for its striking red stems and glossy, deep green leaves, this heat-loving plant thrives in warm climates and provides an abundant harvest throughout the summer. The vines are vigorous and perfect for vertical gardening, growing rapidly to create a lush, climbing canopy of flavorful greens. Unlike traditional spinach, Red Stem Malabar Spinach is heat-tolerant, making it an excellent choice for growing in warm weather when other greens may struggle. Use Red Stem Malabar's leaves and young stems in salads and stir-fries, or its red-purple juicy berries, as a natural colorant and flavoring. This warm-season crop favors high heat and successful growth is dependent on high temperatures and moist, fertile soil that is high in organic matter. Packed with essential vitamins and minerals, including iron, calcium, and vitamins A and C, it’s a healthy and nutritious option for anyone looking to add more greens to their diet. Malabar's impressive growth rate ensures a steady harvest throughout the summer months, offering continuous greens even during the hottest times of the year.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Red Malabar Spinach, Red Vine Spinach, Indian Red Spinach, Basella Rubra, Ceylon Spinach, Climbing Spinach, Creeping Spinach, Pui Leaf, Chinese Spinach, Tropical Spinach.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eSpinach, Red Stem Malabar\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBasella rubra\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e10-21\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 10 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2 - 3 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eVining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual, Perennial 10-12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nMalabar spinach is best planted in warm weather, as it thrives in temperatures between 70F- 90F. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 70F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting. Train plants to climb a 6-8 foot trellis or fence as they establish.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 70F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors at least 14 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1 inch deep and spaced 12 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant about 1-3 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. Train plants to climb a 6-8 foot trellis or fence as they establish.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 inches, trellis\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, you may optionally apply a complete fertilizer, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nHarvest Malabar spinach 60-85 days after planting, though you can begin picking younger leaves as soon as they are large enough to eat. To harvest, look for healthy, dark green leaves and stems, and use scissors or garden shears to cut individual leaves, stems, or vine tips. Start by picking the outer leaves of the plant, allowing the inner, younger leaves to continue growing for future harvests. If you're harvesting the entire plant, cut it back to the base, and it will often regrow for additional harvests. Keep an eye on the plant to prevent it from flowering and going to seed, as this can cause the leaves to become tougher and more bitter. Regularly picking the tender, younger leaves not only ensures a steady harvest but also encourages continuous growth. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"150+ Count","offer_id":37741015662772,"sku":"SPINMR","price":7.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"450+ Count","offer_id":41053906370740,"sku":"SPINMR-3x","price":11.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"900+ Count","offer_id":52513932411177,"sku":"SPINMR-6x","price":16.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/mspinrs5_1192fba6-d131-4817-b966-33457a3bee4d.jpg?v=1769530048"},{"product_id":"red-garnet-amaranth","title":"Red Garnet Amaranth","description":"Red Garnet Amaranth is a stunning addition to any garden, with its rich, deep red foliage that creates a striking visual appeal. Not only is it a beautiful ornamental plant, but it also boasts incredible nutritional value. The delicately flavored sprouts can be used as a garnish for salads in 14-20 days and young leaves can be cooked like spinach. The leaves and seeds are packed with protein, fiber, and a wealth of vitamins and minerals, making it a healthy choice for any home gardener. It’s a highly versatile plant, thriving in various climates and soil types, ensuring a successful harvest in different environments. The seeds can be easily harvested and used as a gluten-free grain alternative in cooking, adding a nutritious boost to meals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Red Amaranth, Mexican Amaranth, Purple Amaranth, Indian Amaranth, African Spinach, Callaloo, Joseph's Coat, Tampala, Chinese Spinach, Edible Amaranth, and Love-Lies-Bleeding.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAmaranth, Red Garnet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAmaranthus cruentus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e40-120\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3 - 6 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 - 24 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBloom Diameter:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3 - 6 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3-12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 18 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nRed Garnet Amaranth grows best in warm weather (optimal growth is 70F-85F). Plant amaranth in the spring when the soil temperature is at least 70F. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, start indoors 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost in spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when temperatures are consistently above 70F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the transplant holes, burying some of the stem in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nFor fall crops, direct sow seeds or transplant seedlings outdoors 6-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 12 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin plants after germination, plant seeds 1 inch apart then thin to 6 inches apart after emergence to give plants more spacing for larger growth. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-3 feet\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Additional fertilizing is usually not needed. If growth is slow or leaves are smaller than expected, you may optionally apply a light dressing of a complete fertilizer, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nRed Garnet Amaranth is typically ready to harvest in late summer or early fall. The plant will have vibrant red flowers and will begin to produce seeds once the flowers fade. You can harvest the seeds by cutting the flower heads and allowing them to dry, then shaking out the seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":37825223000244,"sku":"AMRG","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":52441780912425,"sku":"AMRG-3x","price":7.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/amarg15_37c87bab-0864-4441-aa37-2f76a76f5617.jpg?v=1768407589"},{"product_id":"lovage","title":"Lovage","description":"Lovageis a robust perennial herb that has been cultivated in Europe, growing up to 6 feet tall, offering an impressive, aromatic addition to any garden. With its dark green, celery-like stalks and rich, herbaceous scent, this plant is both a culinary and ornamental delight. Its leaves are used as an herb, its roots as a vegetable, and its seeds as a spice, especially in southern European cuisine. The leaves and stem of the lovage plant add an intense celery-like flavor, with hints of parsley and anise, to soups, stews and stocks or pork and poultry dishes. This herb is believed to possess several medicinal properties, including aiding digestion and reducing inflammation. Not only will this perennial herb provide an abundance of flavor, but it will also give your garden a lush, fragrant atmosphere year after year.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Levisticum Officinale, Sea Parsley, Garden Lovage, Maggi Herb, Wild Celery, Old English Lovage, Love Parsley, Mountain Celery, European Lovage, Italian Lovage, Lovage Root.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLovage, European\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLevisticum officinale\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e14-21\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 8 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eClumping\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3-8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 3 feet apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor earlier blooms, you may optionally cold-stratify Lovage seeds for at least 30 days then start planting indoors in containers 6-8 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring, keeping seedlings at least 65F. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when temperatures are consistently above 60F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the transplant holes, burying some of the stem in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant after the first hard frost in early Spring to cold-stratify seeds. Plants will germinate in late Spring when the soil warms to at least 60F. Fall planting is not recommended unless planting outdoors in environments with mild, frost-free winters, or planting indoors with supplemental grow lights. For blooms in late Spring of the following year, sow outdoors after the first hard frost in Fall to cold-stratify seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nTo plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 2-3 feet apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole, then cover thinly with soil. In small plots, seeds may be scattered and gently watered in. Once seedlings emerge, plants can be separated and spaced 2-3 feet apart to allow room for mature plants to spread and prevent overcrowding. Water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-3 feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3 feet\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 2-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally add fertilizer. Read and follow fertilizer instructions for best application. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nHarvest Lovage plants have reached a good size, typically after its second year of growth. Begin harvesting the leaves once plants are well-established, usually in late spring or early summer. To harvest, simply snip off the outer leaves at the base, leaving the inner leaves to continue growing. Be sure not to cut too much at once, as this can weaken the plant. If you want to harvest the stems, wait until they are thick and sturdy, then cut them close to the base. You can also harvest the seeds in late summer once they turn brown. Be sure to leave enough foliage so the plant can continue growing throughout the season.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":49231369240873,"sku":"LOVA","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":49231369273641,"sku":"LOVA-3x","price":6.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/lova3_daa233ee-9a61-4c54-ad24-377eba6e9a06.png?v=1769022527"},{"product_id":"noble-giant-spinach","title":"Noble Giant Spinach","description":"Noble Giant Spinach is a classic variety that won the All-America Selections in 1933. This plant produces very large, dark green, smooth leaves and have a very delicious flavor. This spinach variety grows vigorously and produces a generous harvest throughout the growing season. Its hearty texture makes it perfect for cooking, whether you’re sauteing, steaming, or adding it to soups and stews, while the mild, slightly earthy flavor appeals to a wide range of palates. The Noble Giant is also slow to bolt and very easy to grow, making it perfect the perfect spinach for the home gardener! Noble Giant Spinach also boasts strong disease resistance, ensuring that your plants stay healthy and productive with minimal effort. Rich in vitamins A, C, and iron, it provides a nutritious boost to any meal, making it an excellent choice for gardeners looking to grow food that’s both healthy and delicious. With its resilience, abundant yield, and nutritional benefits, Noble Giant Spinach is a must-have for anyone looking to enjoy a steady supply of flavorful, homegrown greens.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Giant Noble Spinach, Noble Spinach, Giant Winter Spinach, Perpetual Spinach, Savoyed Spinach, English Spinach, Winter Spinach, Spinacia Oleracea, Winter Perpetual Spinach, Long-Standing Spinach.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eSpinach, Noble Giant\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eSpinacia oleracea\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e4-9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e46\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nSpinach prefers the cooler temperatures of Fall and Spring (50F-75F). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring as soon as the soil can be worked, when the soil warms to at least 40F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 6-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/2 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e3-6 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply a complete fertilizer, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nBloomsdale spinach is ready to harvest around 40 to 50 days after planting, though you can start picking leaves as early as 30 days for baby spinach. For mature spinach, look for well-developed leaves that are vibrant green and around 6 to 8 inches long. To harvest, use scissors or a sharp knife to cut the outer leaves at the base, allowing the inner leaves to continue growing. You can harvest a few leaves at a time from each plant, or for a full harvest, cut the entire plant at ground level. Be mindful of the weather; if it gets too hot, spinach can bolt (go to seed), so it’s best to harvest before this happens, especially in warmer climates. Regular harvesting also encourages new growth, extending the harvest period.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"800+ Count","offer_id":37911926735028,"sku":"SPINNG","price":4.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2400+ Count","offer_id":40969450356916,"sku":"SPINNG-3x","price":11.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"4800+ Count","offer_id":52513932968233,"sku":"SPINNG-6x","price":16.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/spinng3_fc45b238-4dff-45cf-b480-21b33f93e83f.jpg?v=1769530057"},{"product_id":"dinosaur-kale","title":"Tuscan Lacinato Kale (Dinosaur)","description":"Lacinato Kale, also known as Dinosaur Kale or Tuscan Kale, is a beautiful variety of kale originating in Tuscany, with dark blue-green leaves and an embossed texture. This variety is a timeless favorite among gardeners and chefs alike and with its striking, deep green, textured leaves that resemble reptilian skin, this heirloom variety brings an elegant touch to any garden. Its upright, sturdy growth habit allows for easy harvesting and makes it a show-stopper in ornamental edible landscapes. Known for its exceptional flavor, Lacinato Kale is tender yet hearty, with a slightly nutty and sweet taste that elevates any dish. When cooked, it retains a wonderful firm texture, making it a great choice for braising or adding to stews. This kale is a nutritional powerhouse, loaded with vitamins A, C, and K, as well as calcium and antioxidants to promote a healthy lifestyle.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Dinosaur Kale, Tuscan Kale, Italian Kale, Flat Back Kale, Palm Tree kale, or Black Tuscan Palm, Blue Kale, Cavolo Nero, Toscano Kale, Italian Kale, Flat Kale, Palm Tree Kale.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eKale, Lacinato\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBrassica oleracea var. palmifolia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e5-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e62\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 - 30 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 2 feet apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlant Kale in the spring after all danger of frost has passed and the soil begins to warm (\u0026gt;45F). For fall crops, direct sow seeds or transplant seedlings outdoors 9-12 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 12-18 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 1-3 seeds per hole, planting 2-3 seeds if choosing to thin to the strongest plant. When thinning, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 feet\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 2-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nKale is ready to harvest when the leaves are large enough to eat, typically around 50-70 days after planting, depending on the variety. For the best flavor and tenderness, harvest the outer leaves while they are young and about the size of your hand, leaving the central leaves to continue growing. Kale can be harvested multiple times throughout the season, as it grows continuously. Cooler weather often improves its flavor, so fall-harvested kale is especially sweet and delicious. If frost occurs, it can make the leaves even tastier.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":46954213867817,"sku":"KALED","price":4.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":46954213900585,"sku":"KALED-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Blue Scotch Curled Kale","offer_id":52476892774697,"sku":"KALED+KALE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Red Russian Kale","offer_id":52476892807465,"sku":"KALED+KALER","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 1500+ Nero Di Toscano Kale","offer_id":52476892840233,"sku":"KALED+KALEN","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/kaled1_7871e253-0e1f-4025-bcc6-6a7f4cd6d39a.jpg?v=1769022286"},{"product_id":"mibuna-mustard-greens","title":"Mibuna Mustard Green","description":"Mibuna Mustard Greens are spear-shaped, tall, rich green leaves in narrow clusters of about one foot tall originating from Mibu, Kyoto. A close relative of the Mizuna Mustard Green, this Japanese spinach equivalent is highly nutritious and a favorite to toss in stir-fries, salads, soups for a mild peppery flavor. With its long, slender, dark green leaves and mild, delicate flavor, this mustard green is perfect for those who love tender, versatile greens. It grows in tidy rosettes, making it as visually appealing as it is productive, and its slightly peppery taste adds a subtle yet flavorful twist to a wide range of dishes. Ideal for fresh salads, stir-fries, soups, and even pickling, Mibuna is a culinary treasure that adapts effortlessly to your cooking style. Its fast-growing nature ensures a quick harvest, and it thrives in both cool and warm weather, giving you a steady supply of greens year-round. Packed with essential nutrients like vitamins A, C, and K, it’s an excellent choice for boosting your health while enjoying delicious meals. This low-maintenance crop is also highly resistant to bolting, making it perfect for beginners and experienced gardeners alike.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Brassica rapa Japonica, Dento Yasai, Japanese Mustard Greens, Mibuna Greens, Brassica Japonica, Leaf Mustard, Kyoto Mustard, Mustard Spinach, Mibuna Cabbage, Japanese Leafy Mustard, Potherb Mustard, Pungent Leaf Mustard.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eMustard Green, Mibuna\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBrassica rapa var. japonica\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e5-10\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlant Mustard Greens in early spring 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost date and the soil begins to warm (\u0026gt;45F). For fall crops, direct sow seeds 6-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 6-12 inches apart down the rows of raised beds, depending on the desired size of plant harvest. Plant 1-3 seeds per hole, planting 2-3 seeds if choosing to thin to the strongest plant. When thinning, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. Plant every 2-3 weeks for a continuous crop.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6-12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 2-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nHarvest Mibuna Mustard Greens about 3 to 6 weeks after planting, once the leaves are at least 4 to 6 inches long. If harvesting the entire plant, cut it at the base before it bolts, as warmer temperatures can cause bitterness and toughen the leaves. Regular harvesting encourages new growth and extends the season.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":49231361474857,"sku":"MUSTMIB","price":4.55,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":49231361507625,"sku":"MUSTMIB-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12,000+ Count","offer_id":52481552711977,"sku":"MUSTMIB-6x","price":13.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Komatsuna Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481552744745,"sku":"MUSTMIB+MUSTKOMA","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 3000+ Mizuna Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481552777513,"sku":"MUSTMIB+MUSTMIZG","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 1500+ Red Mizuna Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481552810281,"sku":"MUSTMIB+MUSTMIZR","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 4000+ Tatsoi Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481552843049,"sku":"MUSTMIB+MUSTTATS","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 3000+ Giant Red Japanese Mustard Greens","offer_id":52481552875817,"sku":"MUSTMIB+MUSTGR","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/mibuna3_0d107cf0-ee34-4530-8cc6-e0c7186a7533.jpg?v=1769095490"},{"product_id":"yomogi-mugwort","title":"Yomogi Mugwort (Korean Wormwood)","description":" Yomogi Mugwort are 3-ft. tall plants with feather-shaped, scalloped leaves with silvery fuzzy undersides, originating from East Asia. Mugwort has a sage-like smell and pleasant bitter taste that is delicious in soups, stir-fries, pancakes, rice cakes, mochi, and green teas. Believed to have healing properties, it is used in acupuncture and moxibustion, the practice of burning the herbs on particular points of the body. In Korea, Mugwort has religious properties, the creation myth of Ungnyeo said 100 days of eating mugwort turned the bear into a woman. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Japanese Mugwort, Korean Wormwood, Kui Ho, Kusa, Fu-chiba, Moxa Plant, Moxibustion Plant, Japanese Wormwood, Ssuk, Suuk, Yin Chen Hao.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eMugwort, Yomogi\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eArtemisia princeps\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e14-21\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Bloom:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e60-90\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3 - 6 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2 - 3 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBloom Diameter:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e1\/4 Inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e4-8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003ePerennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 18 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor earlier blooms, you may optionally cold-stratify Mugwort seeds for at least 30 days then start planting indoors in containers 6-8 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring, keeping seedlings at least 65F. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when temperatures are consistently above 60F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the transplant holes, burying some of the stem in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant after the first hard frost in early Spring to cold-stratify seeds. Plants will germinate in late Spring when the soil warms to at least 60F. Fall planting is not recommended unless planting outdoors in environments with mild, frost-free winters, or planting indoors with supplemental grow lights. For blooms in late Spring of the following year, sow outdoors after the first hard frost in Fall to cold-stratify seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nTo plant, make holes 1\/8 inch deep and spaced 12-18 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole, then cover thinly with soil. In small plots, seeds may be scattered and gently watered in. Once seedlings emerge, plants can be separated and spaced 12-18 inches apart to allow room for mature plants to spread and prevent overcrowding. Water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/8 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig to deeply to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Mugwort does not require frequent fertilization. If foliage is less than expected, you may optionally apply a light dressing of a nitrogen-rich fertilizer, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nHarvest Mugwort when plants have reached their full growth and are ready to bloom, typically in late summer or early fall. The best time to harvest is in the morning after the dew has dried but before the sun is too hot, as this preserves the essential oils and flavor. Use sharp scissors or pruning shears to cut the stems about 4-6 inches above the ground, leaving some growth behind so the plant can regrow. You can harvest the entire plant or select individual stems, depending on how much you need. For optimal freshness, harvest before the plant flowers, as this ensures the best flavor and medicinal properties. If you're drying the leaves, hang the stems upside down in a cool, dry area with good air circulation.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"5000+ Count","offer_id":40052593131700,"sku":"MUGY","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"15000+ Count","offer_id":41054948327604,"sku":"MUGY-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5000+ Count \u0026 500+ Korean Perilla","offer_id":52481550647593,"sku":"MUGY+PERK","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"5000+ Count \u0026 500+ Korean Mint","offer_id":52481550680361,"sku":"MUGY+MINTK","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/mugy3_35d647e1-5ea9-4f27-8c45-bf7b9b53d1a0.jpg?v=1769095461"},{"product_id":"molokhia","title":"Molokhia (Egyptian Spinach)","description":"Molokhia is a tropical, leafy green, superfood dating back to ancient Egypt, when Pharaohs drank Molokhia soup to heal from illness. Today, this is the national dish of Egypt. Molokhia is widely used in Arab cuisines and regions across Africa, Middle East, and Asia. The rich, verdant flavor of Molokhia comes sugars in the leaves that act as a natural thickener for soups and stews, similar to cooked okra. Molokhia dishes are served with unique preparations of rice, bread, or cassava, depending on the region. The leaves are rich in more than 32 vitamins and minerals, and have potent antioxidant abilities. Molokhia is easy it is to grow, and is hardy and abundant plant, thriving in warm climates with plenty of sun. This green is a favorite for those seeking a unique addition to their herb or vegetable garden, with the potential to yield a continuous harvest throughout the growing season. Whether you're looking to diversify your vegetable garden or enjoy a tasty, healthy harvest, Molokhia is sure to become a beloved staple in your garden.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Corchorus Olitorius, Egyptian Spinach, Jute Mallow, Jew's Mallow, Nalta, Saluyot, Egyptian Spinach, Jute Mallow, Nalta Jute, Saluyot, Bush Okra, West African Sorrel, Jute Leaf, Crain-Crain, Mulukhiyah, Molokheyya, Molokhia, Mulukhiyyah, Mloukhieh, Meloukia, Moroheiya, Molohiya.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eMolokhia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eCorchorus olitorius\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e10-21\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3 - 5 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2 - 3 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e5-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 2 feet apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nMolokhia thrives in warm temperatures, growing best between 70F and 85F . For best germination of Molokhia seeds, pre-chill seeds at 40F for 4 days, then germinate seeds in moist filter paper in a 95F environment, with the help of a heat mat or home incubator, before sowing. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor earlier blooms, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 6-8 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring, keeping seedlings at least 65F. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when temperatures are consistently above 60F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the transplant holes, burying some of the stem in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring after all danger of frost has passed and the soil warms to at least 60F. Fall planting is not recommended unless planting outdoors in environments with mild, frost-free winters, or planting indoors with supplemental grow lights. If Fall planting, sow in containers at least 10 weeks before the first frost and prepare to bring plants indoors if temperatures are colder than ideal.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nTo plant, make holes 1\/2 inch deep and spaced 2 feet apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole, then cover thinly with soil. Water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2 feet\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-3 feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig to deeply to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Molokhia does not require frequent fertilization. If leaves are smaller than expected, you may optionally apply a light dressing of a complete fertilizer, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nTo harvest Molokhia, cut the top shoots or individual leaves when they are young and tender, typically around 8 to 12 inches long, about 4 to 6 weeks after transplanting. This can be done by hand, either by plucking individual leaves or cutting the entire shoot. For continuous growth, repeat the harvesting every 2 to 3 weeks to encourage the plant to produce new leaves. If you prefer a harvest for jute production, cut the plant at ground level when it reaches 12 to 16 inches tall, just before fruit development begins. For the highest quality leaves, harvest early in the morning. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"4000+ Count","offer_id":40090338984116,"sku":"MKIA","price":4.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"12,000+ Count","offer_id":41039660548276,"sku":"MKIA-3x","price":12.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/molokhia11_5e19980e-f9e7-4d9f-98ab-2d8c90653976.jpg?v=1769097634"},{"product_id":"red-leaf-amaranth","title":"Red Leaf Amaranth","description":"Red Leaf Amaranth features beautiful tender green foliage with striking red centers bleeding into red veins. This spinach-like leafy plant is an incredibly versatile and nutritious addition to any garden. Delicious stir-fried with garlic, simply added to salads, or braised in soups or saag dishes. Amaranth greens are rich in protein, iron, calcium, fiber, and over 16 vitamins and minerals. This vibrant plant is native to South Asia and produces stunning red foliage that adds color and beauty to your garden space. It is known for its fast-growing nature, meaning you'll be able to enjoy its benefits in no time. This variety is also highly adaptable, thriving in various climates, making it an easy choice for both novice and experienced gardeners alike.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Chinese Yin Choi, Korean Bireum, Caribbean Callaloo, Indian Tandalja Bhaji, Joseph's Coat, Chinese Spinach, Velvet Tree, African Spinach, Fountain Plant, Callaloo, Tampala, Elephant Ear, Brazilian Spinach, Leaf Amaranth, Edible Amaranth.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAmaranth, Red Leaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAmaranthus tricolor\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e35-60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2 - 4 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 - 24 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3-12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 18 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nEdible amaranth grows best in warm weather (optimal growth is 70F-85F). Plant leaf amaranth in the spring when the soil temperature is at least 70F. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, start indoors 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost in spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when temperatures are consistently above 70F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the transplant holes, burying some of the stem in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nFor fall crops, direct sow seeds or transplant seedlings outdoors 6-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 6-12 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin plants after germination, plant seeds 1 inch apart then thin to 6 inches apart after emergence to give plants more spacing for larger growth. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6-12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Additional fertilizing is usually not needed. If growth is slow or leaves are smaller than expected, you may optionally apply a light dressing of a complete fertilizer, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nLeaf Amaranth is best harvested young leaves are about 4-6 inches tall for optimal flavor. Harvest Amaranth leaves by snipping outer leaves with scissors or pruning shears, allowing the inner leaves to continue growing. Edible Amaranth can be harvested continuously throughout the season until the plant starts flowering or bolting, when the flavor and texture may change. Continuously harvesting Amaranth encourages the plants to keep producing more leaves.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":40137646407860,"sku":"AMRL","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":52441782092073,"sku":"AMRL-3x","price":7.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/amrl2_814b9826-3cb4-4727-9650-075b59f4ffdb.png?v=1768407593"},{"product_id":"red-and-green-mix-malabar-spinach","title":"Red and Green Mix Malabar Spinach","description":"This Red and Green Mix (Christmas Mix) Malabar Spinach offers a great mix of 2 popular varieties of tasty malabar spinach - Red Stem and Green Round-Leaf Giant! Red Stem and Green Round Leaf Mix Malabar Spinach offers an eye-catching blend of vibrant colors and exceptional flavor, featuring the striking red stems of one variety alongside the lush, round green leaves of another, creating a beautiful contrast that will draw attention wherever it grows. Originating from tropical Asia and Africa, Malabar plants are fast-growing, heat-tolerant, and perfect for summer gardening, thriving in warm climates where traditional spinach might struggle. The succulent, slightly peppery leaves are packed with essential nutrients, including vitamins A, C, and iron, making them a healthy, delicious choice for fresh salads, soups, or sauteed dishes. This Red and Green Malabar Spinach Mix is also known for its impressive yields, ensuring a steady supply of greens throughout the growing season. Nutritious and delicious, it is a very good source of Dietary Fiber, Protein, Vitamin A, Vitamin C, Vitamin E, Vitamin K, folic acid, iron, and calcium. Whether you’re looking to add vibrant color to your garden or enjoy fresh, nutritious greens, Red Stem and Green Round Leaf Mix Malabar Spinach is a fantastic and versatile choice.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Malabar Spinach Mix, Vine Spinach, Indian Spinach, Basella Rubra, Ceylon Spinach, Climbing Spinach, Creeping Spinach, Pui Leaf, Chinese Spinach, Tropical Spinach, Pui Leaf, Vine Spinach, Green and Red Mix Malabar Spinach.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eSpinach; Red Stem Malabar and Green Giant Malabar Mix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBasella alba and Basella rubra mix\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e10-21\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e70\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 10 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2 - 3 Feet\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eVining\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual, Perennial 10-12\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nMalabar spinach is best planted in warm weather, as it thrives in temperatures between 70F- 90F. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 4-6 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 70F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting. Train plants to climb a 6-8 foot trellis or fence as they establish.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 70F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors at least 14 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1 inch deep and spaced 12 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant about 1-3 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. Train plants to climb a 6-8 foot trellis or fence as they establish.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 inches, trellis\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, you may optionally apply a complete fertilizer, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nHarvest Malabar spinach 60-85 days after planting, though you can begin picking younger leaves as soon as they are large enough to eat. To harvest, look for healthy, dark green leaves and stems, and use scissors or garden shears to cut individual leaves, stems, or vine tips. Start by picking the outer leaves of the plant, allowing the inner, younger leaves to continue growing for future harvests. If you're harvesting the entire plant, cut it back to the base, and it will often regrow for additional harvests. Keep an eye on the plant to prevent it from flowering and going to seed, as this can cause the leaves to become tougher and more bitter. Regularly picking the tender, younger leaves not only ensures a steady harvest but also encourages continuous growth. \n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"150+ Count","offer_id":40186279690420,"sku":"SPINMX","price":7.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"450+ Count","offer_id":41050208141492,"sku":"SPINMX-3x","price":11.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"900+ Count","offer_id":52513932640553,"sku":"SPINMX-6x","price":16.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/spinmx1_2f46ec1e-6e04-42d6-8ce2-ab992287c8f9.png?v=1769530053"},{"product_id":"garland-chrysanthemum-greens","title":"Garland Chrysanthemum Greens","description":"Garland Chrysanthemum Greens are delicious edible, frilly leaves that also grow edible flowers in shades of yellow! These tender greens have a slightly peppery taste with hints of sweetness, making them a favorite in Asian cuisine, and is commonly stir-fried, eaten as salad with dressing, used in soups, or served cold with noodles. Garland Chrysanthemum is known for its rapid growth, providing a quick harvest of nutrient-packed greens. The plant features soft, bright green leaves with a feathery texture that grows in a bushy, compact form, perfect for containers or garden beds. It’s an excellent source of vitamins A and C, iron, and calcium, making it a healthy addition to your meals. Easy to grow, Garland Chrysanthemum makes a rewarding plant for gardeners of all levels.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Edible Chrysanthemum, Shungiku, Ssukgat, Crown Daisy, Garland Daisy, Chrysanthemum Greens, Japanese Garland Chrysanthemum, Crownleaf, Tong Ho, Tung Ho, Tong Hao, Tong Ho Choy, Chop Suey Greens.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eChrysanthemum, Garland\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eGlebionis coronaria\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14 days\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e45\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e18 - 24 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 -18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eBush\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e4-9\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlant Garland Chrysanthemum in the cool temperatures of Spring and Fall. Sow in the spring after all danger of frost has passed as soon as the soil can be worked. For fall crops, direct sow seeds or transplant seedlings outdoors at least 6 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 4 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 5 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin plants after germination, plant seeds 1 inch apart then thin to 6 inches apart after emergence to give plants more spacing for larger growth. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2-3 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Additional fertilizing is usually not needed. If growth is slow or leaves are smaller than expected, you may optionally apply a light dressing of a complete fertilizer, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nChrysanthemum Greens can be harvested once the plants are about 4-6 inches tall, typically 20-30 days after planting. For the most tender and flavorful greens, pick the leaves when they are young and before the plant begins to flower. Use sharp scissors or pinch off the outer leaves close to the base of the plant, allowing the inner leaves to continue growing for successive harvests. Regular harvesting encourages new growth and prevents the plant from becoming tough or bitter. If harvesting the entire plant, cut it at the base when it reaches 6-12 inches tall, but keep in mind this will end its growth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":40302482063540,"sku":"CHRYSL","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":41038905835700,"sku":"CHRYSL-3x","price":7.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"1000+ Count \u0026 1000+ Round Leaf Chrysanthemum","offer_id":52448157925673,"sku":"CHRYSL+CHRYR","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/chrysg15_7b1432cd-ac88-42ad-923a-0425b2e5c2e1.jpg?v=1768495972"},{"product_id":"rouge-de-hiver-romaine-lettuce","title":"Rouge De Hiver Romaine Lettuce","description":"Rouge D'Hiver Romaine Lettuce is a French heirloom variety meaning \"Red of Winter\" for its ability to thrive in cool conditions. The leaves are dark-red to bronze on the tips and dark green at the base. Known for its resilience, Rouge D'Hiver thrives in cooler temperatures, offering a reliable harvest throughout the colder months, making it an excellent choice for fall and winter gardens. This variety is also slow to bolt, ensuring that you’ll enjoy a longer growing season of fresh, crunchy leaves. The leaves have a slightly sweet, mild flavor with a satisfying crunch, making it perfect for fresh salads, sandwiches, and wraps. Use to dress up salads, sandwiches, wraps, spring rolls, sides or as a base for fruit and cheese trays. The deep red hue and unique flavor profile set Rouge D'Hiver apart from other romaine lettuces, offering a delightful addition to any vegetable garden or kitchen. \u003cbr\u003e\n \u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Red Romaine Lettuce, Winter Red Romaine, Rouge Romaine, French Romaine Lettuce, Winter Lettuce, Rouge D'Hiver Lettuce, Romaine Red Lettuce, Red Butterhead Romaine.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Rouge De Hiver Romaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa var. longifolia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e28-60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 10 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e8- 10 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eSpreading\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting lettuce in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (lettuce grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 12 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nRouge D'Hiver Lettuce is ready to harvest when the outer leaves are 5 to 8 inches long, around 50 to 60 days after planting. For a continuous harvest, pick the outer leaves as needed, allowing the inner leaves to keep growing. If you prefer to harvest the whole head, wait until it forms a full, compact rosette, but before it starts to bolt, as the flavor can become bitter once the plant flowers. The best time to harvest is in the morning, when the leaves are crisp and well-hydrated. After harvesting, store the leaves in the refrigerator wrapped in a damp paper towel or in a sealed container to maintain freshness and flavor.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":40308501512372,"sku":"LETRDH","price":4.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":40970589896884,"sku":"LETRDH-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Gourmet Mix Lettuce","offer_id":52476906635561,"sku":"LETRDH+LETGM","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce","offer_id":52476906668329,"sku":"LETRDH+LETBBL","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Parris Island Romaine Lettuce","offer_id":52476906701097,"sku":"LETRDH+LETROME","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce","offer_id":52476906733865,"sku":"LETRDH+LETICE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/romerdh1_4f858589-97d1-4c72-a4c0-386277a53b82.jpg?v=1769022468"},{"product_id":"tom-thumb-butterhead-lettuce","title":"Tom Thumb Butterhead Lettuce","description":"Tom Thumb Butterhead Lettuce is a cute heirloom variety of bibb lettuce dating back to the 1850s! Forms little heads with loose crisp buttery leaves at 5-6 inches in diameter. Excellent for personal salads and for maturing fast and early in the summer. Known for its small, tight heads of buttery-soft leaves, this lettuce offers a delightful texture and a mild, sweet flavor that adds a touch of elegance to any salad or dish. Delicious in salads, sandwiches, wraps, spring rolls, sides or as a base for fruit and cheese trays. It’s an ideal option for those with limited space, as its petite size allows it to thrive in containers, small garden beds, or window boxes, making it a fantastic choice for urban gardeners or balcony spaces. This variety grows quickly, providing you with fresh, homegrown lettuce in just a few weeks, so you can enjoy an abundant harvest in no time. Easy to grow and resistant to bolting, Tom Thumb Butterhead Lettuce allows gardeners to enjoy a continuous supply of crisp greens throughout the growing season.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Baby Butterhead Lettuce, Mini Butterhead Lettuce, Little Gem Lettuce, Tiny Butterhead, Tom Thumb Lettuce, Compact Butterhead, Petite Butterhead Lettuce, Micro Butterhead, Small Head Lettuce.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Tom Thumb Butterhead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa var. capitata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e28-55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 8 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e8- 10 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 10 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting lettuce in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (lettuce grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 6-8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e6-8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e10-12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nTom Thumb Butterhead Lettuce can be harvested when the small heads are 3 to 5 inches in diameter, around 50 to 55 days after planting. For the best flavor, it's ideal to harvest the lettuce before it starts to bolt, as the leaves can become bitter once the plant begins flowering. The best time to harvest is in the morning, when the leaves are crisp and full of moisture. After harvesting, store the heads in the refrigerator, wrapped in a damp paper towel or in a sealed container, to keep them fresh and crisp for a longer period.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":40309403779252,"sku":"LETTOTH","price":4.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":40965046763700,"sku":"LETTOTH-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Gourmet Mix Lettuce","offer_id":52476907782441,"sku":"LETTOTH+LETGM","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce","offer_id":52476907815209,"sku":"LETTOTH+LETBBL","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Parris Island Romaine Lettuce","offer_id":52476907847977,"sku":"LETTOTH+LETROME","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce","offer_id":52476907880745,"sku":"LETTOTH+LETICE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/lettoth3_deaaf26f-34e3-4779-9609-8cbbd085c1be.jpg?v=1769022487"},{"product_id":"bronze-mignonette-butterhead-lettuce","title":"Bronze Mignonette Butterhead Lettuce","description":"Bronze Mignonette Butterhead Lettuce brings a colorful touch to your salad! This stunning blend of rich, bronze-colored leaves forms tight, rosette-shaped heads weighing up to 1 pound, with smooth, crisp texture and a delicate, sweet flavor that makes it a favorite among gardeners and chefs. Slow-bolting and excellent in hot climates. Renowned for its resistance to bolting in warmer temperatures, Bronze Mignonette thrives in both spring and fall, making it a reliable choice for extended growing seasons. The nutrient-dense leaves are packed with vitamins and minerals, making them a great addition to any healthy diet. Whether you're tossing it into a salad or using it as a garnish for sandwiches and wraps, its mild yet flavorful profile enhances any dish. Its tender texture and ability to resist wilting even when dressed make it perfect for preparing ahead of time for picnics or parties. Plus, the striking bronze color adds a unique twist to your leafy greens, offering both beauty and flavor that can’t be beaten!\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Mignonette Lettuce, Bronze Butterhead, Red Butterhead, Red Mignonette, Butter Lettuce, Butterhead Mignonette, Red Butter Lettuce, Mignonette Butterhead, Bronze Butter, Redleaf Butter Lettuce.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Bronze Mignonette Butterhead\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa var. capitata\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e28-55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e8 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting lettuce in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (lettuce grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nBronze Mignonette lettuce can be harvested 45 to 55 days after planting, depending on growing conditions. For a full head harvest, wait until the head is mature and firm, then cut it at the base with a sharp knife, leaving the roots in the soil to decompose naturally. Alternatively, you can harvest individual outer leaves as needed, allowing the inner leaves to continue growing for an extended harvest period. Regular harvesting encourages new growth and prevents bolting, especially in warm weather.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":40309844738228,"sku":"LETBM","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":40969220128948,"sku":"LETBM-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Gourmet Mix Lettuce","offer_id":52476903588137,"sku":"LETBM+LETGM","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce","offer_id":52476903620905,"sku":"LETBM+LETBBL","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Parris Island Romaine Lettuce","offer_id":52476903653673,"sku":"LETBM+LETROME","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce","offer_id":52476903686441,"sku":"LETBM+LETICE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/letbm10_e25b2006-396e-410b-a8db-b68296218134.png?v=1769022421"},{"product_id":"waldmans-green-leaf-lettuce","title":"Waldmann's Green Leaf Lettuce","description":"Waldman’s Green Leaf Lettuce features light green, large, wavy leaves and is an excellent cold-tolerant variety that does well in Northern Areas. This variety is not only visually appealing but also offers a deliciously mild, slightly sweet flavor that makes it a favorite for salads, wraps, and sandwiches. The soft, tender leaves are perfect for garnishing dishes or adding a refreshing crunch to any recipe, whether it’s in a hearty salad or as a topping for tacos. This lettuce grows quickly, so you can enjoy fresh, homegrown greens within just a few weeks of planting. Known for its easy-growing nature, Waldman’s Green Leaf thrives in a variety of conditions, whether you’re growing it in containers, raised beds, or traditional garden plots. Waldman’s Green Leaf Lettuce is also a rich source of essential vitamins, including A and K, as well as antioxidants that promote overall health. \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Waldman Green, Waldman's Lettuce, Green Leaf Waldman, Waldman’s Salad Lettuce, Waldman’s Leaf, Green Leaf Salad Lettuce, Salad Greens, Loose Leaf Romaine.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Waldman's Green Leaf\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa var. crispa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e28-50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e10 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e8 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting lettuce in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (lettuce grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nWaldman’s Green Leaf Lettuce can be harvested as early as 28 days for baby greens or 40 to 50 days for full-sized leaves. Pick outer leaves as needed, while leaving the center leaves to continue growing for a continuous harvest. For a full harvest, cut the plant at the base when it reaches 8 to 12 inches tall. Regularly picking leaves encourages new growth and prevents bolting, especially in warm weather. Harvest before bolting for best flavor.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":40317823975604,"sku":"LETWGL","price":4.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":40973900841140,"sku":"LETWGL-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Gourmet Mix Lettuce","offer_id":52476908142889,"sku":"LETWGL+LETGM","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce","offer_id":52476908175657,"sku":"LETWGL+LETBBL","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Parris Island Romaine Lettuce","offer_id":52476908208425,"sku":"LETWGL+LETROME","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce","offer_id":52476908241193,"sku":"LETWGL+LETICE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/letwgl1_d3054478-392d-4661-b21e-6515a925ff98.jpg?v=1769022492"},{"product_id":"cimmaron-romaine-lettuce","title":"Cimmaron Romaine Lettuce","description":"Cimmaron Red Romaine Lettuce has beautiful reddish-burgundy tinged flat bright green leaves that are reminiscent of Autumn leaves! Crisp and flavorful, this lettuce has a sweet, tender texture and is excellent for jazzing up salads, sandwiches, wraps, spring rolls, and sides. This vibrant red-leafed lettuce features crisp, sturdy leaves that form dense heads, offering the perfect balance of sweet and slightly bitter flavors. Its rich, burgundy color adds a stunning contrast to any salad, making it a standout ingredient in both simple and gourmet dishes. Known for its resistance to bolting, Cimmaron is ideal for gardeners looking to grow a lettuce that thrives in a variety of conditions, from cooler spring temperatures to the heat of summer. Its high levels of anthocyanins, antioxidants makes it a great choice for both home gardeners and those seeking a nutritious addition to their culinary repertoire.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Cimaron Lettuce, Cimarron Lettuce, Cimmarron Lettuce, Cimmaron Romaine, Red Cimmaron, Red Romaine, Red Leaf Romaine, Cimmaron Lettuce, Romaine Lettuce, Romaine Red, Red Cos Lettuce, Winter Romaine.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Cimmaron Romaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa var. longifolia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e28-65\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e10 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e10 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting lettuce in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (lettuce grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 12 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nCimmaron Lettuce can be harvested as baby greens in 30 days or as full heads in 50 to 60 days. For a continuous harvest, pick outer leaves as needed while allowing the inner leaves to continue growing. If harvesting the entire head, wait until it reaches 10 to 12 inches tall, then cut it at the base with a sharp knife. The best time to harvest is in the morning, when the leaves are crisp and hydrated. Regular harvesting prevents bolting, which can cause bitterness, especially in warm weather. To keep the lettuce fresh, store harvested leaves in the refrigerator, wrapped in a damp paper towel inside a plastic bag or container.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":40317993877684,"sku":"LETCIMM","price":4.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":40970579574964,"sku":"LETCIMM-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Gourmet Mix Lettuce","offer_id":52476904177961,"sku":"LETCIMM+LETGM","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce","offer_id":52476904210729,"sku":"LETBSS+LETBBL","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Parris Island Romaine Lettuce","offer_id":52476904243497,"sku":"LETCIMM+LETROME","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce","offer_id":52476904276265,"sku":"LETCIMM+LETICE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/LETCIMM4_bf701750-93ae-4b97-a522-e64bdd94a311.png?v=1769022430"},{"product_id":"freckles-romaine-lettuce","title":"Freckles Romaine Lettuce","description":"Freckles Romaine Lettuce is truly one of a kind! Its vibrant, green leaves are speckled with stunning red spots, making it adding a whimsical touch to traditional lettuce. It’s a great option for those who love a colorful garden, as the contrasting red and green hues add an artistic touch to any vegetable patch. This beautiful lettuce forms tightly packed, sturdy heads that are perfect for a crisp, refreshing bite in your favorite dishes. Incredibly flavorful and crisp, this lettuce is a sure conversation starter and a great way to make your salads, sandwiches, wraps, spring rolls, and sides stand out. A versatile lettuce variety, Freckles Romaine excels in both fresh salads and as a garnish for sandwiches and wraps. With its high nutritional value, including a good dose of fiber and vitamins A and K, \u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Freckles Romaine, Red Freckles Romaine, Romaine Lettuce, Freckled Romaine, Red Romaine, Romaine with Red Spots, Romaine with Freckles, Heirloom Romaine, Speckled Romaine, Ornamental Romaine.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Freckles Romaine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa var. longifolia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e28-60\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e10 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6- 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eUpright\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting lettuce in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (lettuce grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nFreckles Lettuce can be harvested when the leaves are 5 to 8 inches long, usually around 30 to 40 days after planting. For a continuous harvest, pick the outer leaves as needed, allowing the inner leaves to keep growing. If you prefer to harvest the whole head, wait until the plant forms a compact rosette, but before it starts to bolt, as the flavor can become bitter once it flowers. The best time to harvest is in the morning, when the leaves are crisp and full of moisture. After harvesting, store the leaves in the refrigerator wrapped in a damp paper towel or in a sealed container to keep them fresh.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"2000+ Count","offer_id":40318175772852,"sku":"LETFRE","price":4.5,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":40965363040436,"sku":"LETFRE-3x","price":8.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Gourmet Mix Lettuce","offer_id":52476904898857,"sku":"LETFRE+LETGM","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Buttercrunch Butterhead Lettuce","offer_id":52476904931625,"sku":"LETFRE+LETBBL","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Parris Island Romaine Lettuce","offer_id":52476904964393,"sku":"LETFRE+LETROME","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"2000+ Count \u0026 2000+ Crisphead Iceberg Lettuce","offer_id":52476904997161,"sku":"LETFRE+LETICE","price":6.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/freckles8_c807925e-e6eb-4bc8-afc8-e33ff6dac62b.jpg?v=1769022439"},{"product_id":"sword-choy","title":"Sword Choy (A-Choy)","description":"Sword Choy or Sword Lettuce is a crisp and tender, slightly serrated, loose-leaf lettuce with a texture like butter lettuce, a deep crunchy midrib, and mild and nutty flavor that is reminiscent of almonds! This refreshing plant is very popular in the hot climates of Taiwan and Southern China and is delicious in stir-fries, salads, and soups. It is often stir-fried with fresh chopped garlic or blanched and served with oyster sauce much like Yu Choy Sum. This hardy, easy-to-grow plant thrives in cool weather, making it a great choice for both spring and fall gardens. Sword Choy is also incredibly nutritious, packed with vitamins, minerals, and antioxidants, which makes it a fantastic addition to any healthy diet. Whether you're a seasoned gardener or a beginner, this low-maintenance plant is a great way to add variety and color to your edible garden, providing fresh, flavorful greens throughout the growing season.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: AA Choy Sum, A-Choy, AA Cai, Chinese Narrow Leaf Lettuce, Oriental Lettuce, Yu Mai Tsai, Pointed Leaf Lettuce, Arden Lettuce, Taiwanese Sword Lettuce, Taiwanese Cabbage, Taiwanese Pointed Lettuce Greens, AA Chop Xin, \"A\" Lettuce, Stem Lettuce, Celtuce Lettuce, Wosun, Celery Lettuce, Sharp Leaf Celtuce, Benih, Wangi, Manis, Salad Tajam.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLettuce, Sword Choy\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eLactuca sativa\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e4-8\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e55\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 12 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting sword choy in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (sword choy grows best in 45F-75F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 3-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 50F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 4-8 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 8-12 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole or broadcast and separate once seedlings emerge. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting. For a continuous harvest, plant successive crops every 2 to 3 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8-12 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e12-18 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils. Mulching around the plants helps retain moisture and suppress weeds.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nSword Choy can be harvested when the leaves are tender and have reached about 6-10 inches in height, typically 30-45 days after planting. For a continuous harvest, individual outer leaves can be picked by hand while allowing the inner leaves to continue growing. If harvesting the entire plant, cut it at the base just above the soil level using a sharp knife or garden shears. Harvesting in the early morning ensures the leaves are crisp and retain maximum moisture. Regular harvesting encourages new growth and prevents the plant from bolting, especially in warmer weather. If left too long, the leaves may become tough and bitter, so harvesting at the right time ensures the best flavor and texture.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e ","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":49231359279401,"sku":"SWORD","price":4.2,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":49231359312169,"sku":"SWORD-3x","price":9.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"6000+ Count","offer_id":52513944830249,"sku":"SWORD-6x","price":15.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/sword3_abef5e23-d12b-4a9e-a95a-74db2f3adff8.png?v=1769530208"},{"product_id":"belgian-endive-witloof-chicory","title":"Belgian Endive (Witloof Chicory)","description":"Belgian Endive is a luxurious, torpedo-shaped vegetable with pale yellow and white tightly packed, elongated leaves. This gourmet vegetable is prized in Europe for its elegant presentation, crisp texture, and pleasantly bitter flavor. Its slightly tangy undertones make it a versatile ingredient in both raw and cooked preparations that pairs beautifully with a variety of dishes. Use in salads for a refreshing crunch and hint of bitterness to your greens, as a attractive vehicle for dips, spreads, or fillings, as edible serving cups or boats for appetizers and hors d'oeuvres, cooked in soups and stews. Belgian endive is also delicious braised, roasted, and grilled to bring out its natural sweetness. In history, Belgian Endive roots were commonly used as a coffee substitute. In fact, Belgian Endives were discovered when a farmer storing roots for coffee saw the pale yellow heads regrowing from the roots. Belgian Endive is a nutritious vegetable that provides vitamins (especially vitamin K and vitamin A), dietary fiber, and essential minerals.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Witloof Chicory, French Endive, Chicory Endive, White Gold, Brussels Chicory, Leaf Chicory, Succory, Barbe De Capucin, Perle Du Nord, and Chicoree De Bruxelles.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Belgian Endive, French Endive, Chicon, Witloof, Witlof, Witlooflof, Brussels Witloof, Endive Barbaresque, Chicoree de Bruxelles, Witloofchicoree, Belgische Endivie, Indivia, Blanched Endive, Pale Endive, White Leaf Endive.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eEndive, Witloof Chicory (Belgian)\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eCichorium intybus\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e100-140\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e6 - 8 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003ePerennial\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 2 feet apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nBelgian Endive is short-term perennial with a two-stage growing process. First the root is grown, then after a period of cold temperatures called vernalization, the root is replanted in total darkness in a process called forcing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nStage 1: Plant in mid-Summer (ideally, first week of July) for mature parsnip-like taproots in late-Fall. Use a hoe handle or stick to make a 1\/2 inch furrow deep down the center of the ridge.  Plant 2-3 seeds in the furrows spaced 4 inches apart within the rows. Cover with loose soil then firm soil and sprinkle with water. Keep soil moist until established. \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nLift the roots from the soil in mid-October-mid-November. The roots are ideally 1-1\/4\" to 2-1\/4\" in diameter to produce attractive endive buds. Cut off leaves 1\" above the root grown and trim roots to 8\". If the roots did not experience cold temperatures in the ground yet, they may need to undergo vernalization by storing in a humid, 32F-40F environment for 3 weeks. A cool garage or refrigerator are good options.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nStage 2: After the roots have been vernalized, force the roots by using an at least 10\" deep crate, bin, or pot and covering about 2\/3 of the roots in a soilless medium such as sand or peat. The roots can be densely spaced, about 2\"-3\" apart. Add water so the medium is completely moistened. Then cover the system in a thick black trash bag and store in a 65F environment. A basement near the furnace or closet are good options. Belgian endives will be ready after 3-4 weeks.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/2 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e4 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e2-3 feet\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nBelgian Endive is typically harvested in two stages: first, the leafy greens are harvested, and then the bitter-tasting roots are forced to produce the characteristic pale, tightly packed heads. The leaves of the plant are usually ready to harvest about 75-100 days after sowing. For the first stage, cut the leaves when they are young and tender, typically when they reach about 6-8 inches tall. For the second stage, after the leaves have been harvested, the roots are dug up and stored in a cool, dark location. To force the roots into producing the edible, white, tightly packed heads, place them in a dark, humid environment at a temperature of around 50F-60F. After about 3 weeks, the forced heads will be ready for harvest. Harvest the heads by cutting them off at the base, ensuring the white, tender endive is crisp and has a mild flavor.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":46915891462441,"sku":"ENDWC","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":46915891495209,"sku":"ENDWC-3x","price":9.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/ENDWC2.1_9ce331aa-2d07-4cca-9af1-738750d0050f.png?v=1768496431"},{"product_id":"tres-fine-endive","title":"Tres Fine Endive","description":"Tres Fine Endive is a chicory with fine, delicate texture and mild, slightly bitter flavor, making it a sought-after ingredient that represents elegance and sophistication in dishes. These fast-growing plants reach 8\"-12\" tall and grows thin curled yellow-green leaves, thriving in cool Spring or Fall weather. Use Tres Fine Endive greens for elegant salads, harvesting baby leaves early on when they reach the desired size, and harvesting the full leaves for later use. Tres Fine leaves as elegant vessels for goat cheese, nuts, and fruits or wrapped around savory fillings like smoked salmon or prosciutto for a delightful appetizer. Add the leaves to soups and stews to enhance the texture and flavor or roast for a warm, earthy size dish. Tres Fine Endive’s mild bitterness and delicate texture will add a touch of sophistication to your dishes.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\nAlso Known As: Frisee Endive, Fine-leaved Endive, Narrow-leaved Endive, French Endive, Fine Cut Endive.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003ctable\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eEndive, Tres Fine\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLatin Name:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eCichorium endivia\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Germinate:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e7-14\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eDays to Harvest:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e50\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePlant Height:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e12 - 18 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSpread:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e8 - 12 Inches\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGrowth Habit:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eRosette\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eUSDA Zones:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e3-11\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eLifespan:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eAnnual\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBrand:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eTomorrowSeeds\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSunlight:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eFull Sun, Partial Shade\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003ePollination:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eHeirloom, Open-Pollinated\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eGMO:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eFungicide-Treated Seeds*:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003eNo\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eSeeds Packed For**:\u003c\/td\u003e   \u003ctd\u003e2026\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e\n\u003c\/table\u003e*Fungicide-treated seeds protect the seedlings from diseases until they are up and growing. Do not eat treated seeds.\u003cbr\u003e\n**Seeds are freshly packed for the growing season of the year listed. Seeds are still viable beyond pack date. Store in a cool and dry location such as the refrigerator or basement to best preserve germination rates.\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlanting Instructions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eSoil Preparation:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003eChoose an area with heavy, well-draining soil that receives at least 6 hours of sunlight each day. Remove weeds, large rocks, and litter from the planting area. Leave small weeds and dead grass, they will enrich the soil when turned under. Spade or till the soil 8-12 inches deep. Loosening the soil will help the plant establish strong roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\nPlants grow best in soil with lots of organic matter. You may optionally add fertilizer or organic material such as compost, leaves, or rotted hay to mix into the soil at this point. For small gardens, scatter 2-3 tablespoons of fertilizer evenly and work into the top 2-3 inches of soil for each hill or 2 foot by 2 foot planting area. For larger gardens, scatter 2-3 pounds of a complete fertilizer for each 100 square feet of planting area. Work fertilizer or organic material into the soil and leave the surface smooth.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\nForm rows of soil beds 4-6 inches high and at least 18 inches apart. This formation of ridges will help with drainage.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003c\/p\u003e\u003ch3\u003ePlanting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\nPlanting endive in cooler weather helps prevent bolting, which can occur in hot temperatures (endive grows best in 60F-70F temperatures). \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003cb\u003eStarting Indoors: \u003c\/b\u003eFor an earlier harvest, you may optionally start planting indoors in containers 2-4 weeks before the last expected frost date in Spring. Harden off then transplant seedlings outdoors in a sunny location when the soil temperature is above 55F. To transplant seedlings, prepare a transplant hole outdoors in a sunny location. Remove the plants carefully from the pots or flats and set them in the holes, burying roots in the ground. Pack the soil loosely around the plant and leave a slightly sunken area around each plant to hold water. Water the plants after transplanting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n\u003cb\u003eDirectly Sowing:\u003c\/b\u003e If directly sowing outdoors, plant in spring when the soil warms to at least 50F. For fall crops, direct sow seeds outdoors 8-10 weeks before the first frost. To plant, make holes 1\/4 inch deep and spaced 8 inches apart down the rows of raised beds. Plant 2-3 seeds per hole. If choosing to thin to the strongest plant, determine the strongest and healthiest plant, then remove all other plants, narrowing to a single plant per hole. Cover seeds thinly with soil and water after planting.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\n \u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ctable\u003e \u003ctr\u003e \u003ctd\u003ePlanting Depth:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e1\/4 inch\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eWithin-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e8 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003ctr\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003eBetween-Row Spacing:\u003c\/td\u003e\n\u003ctd\u003e18-24 inches\u003c\/td\u003e \u003c\/tr\u003e \u003c\/table\u003e\n\n\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003ch3\u003eCare During the Season:\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\n\u003cp\u003e\u003cb\u003eWatering:\u003c\/b\u003e Water the plants deeply, soaking the soil to a depth of 6-8 inches, once a week. If there is no rainfall, water 2 times a week. Sandy soils may need to be watered more often than heavy clay soils.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eWeeding:\u003c\/b\u003e Keeping plants weed-free improves production. If plowing or hoeing, do not dig deeper than 1 inch to prevent from cutting the feeder roots.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eFertilizing:\u003c\/b\u003e Once seedlings are established, 3-4 weeks after planting, you may optionally apply 2 tablespoons of a complete fertilizer around each hole, or 1-2 pounds per 100 square feet, without letting the fertilizer touch the plants. Water plants after fertilizing.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e \n\u003cb\u003eInsecticides:\u003c\/b\u003e Insecticides may be used to protect plants. Bt-based insecticides and sulfur are organic options that can be used for prevention. Sulfur also has fungicidal properties and helps in controlling many diseases. Before using a pesticide, read the label and follow cautions, warnings and directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003cb\u003eDiseases:\u003c\/b\u003e If spots or mold appear, treat plants with an approved fungicide. Neem oil, sulfur, and other fungicides may be used. When using fungicides always follow label directions.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\n\u003ch3\u003eHarvesting:\u003c\/h3\u003e\u003cp\u003e\n\nEndive is ready at any stage of harvest, but usually harvested when the leaves form a dense rosette, about 50-90 days after planting. To harvest, use a sharp knife to cut the plant at its base, just above the soil line, ensuring you leave the root system intact if you plan to grow another crop. Full heads should be harvested before the plant bolts, which happens in hot weather. For baby greens, you can begin harvesting individual outer leaves when they are 4–6 inches long, allowing the inner leaves to continue growing for successive harvests. If blanching for milder flavor is desired, tie the outer leaves together or cover the plants with a lightweight cloth about a week before harvesting to reduce bitterness.\u003cbr\u003e\u003cbr\u003e\n\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"TomorrowSeeds","offers":[{"title":"1000+ Count","offer_id":47403762417961,"sku":"ENDTF","price":3.95,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true},{"title":"3000+ Count","offer_id":47403762450729,"sku":"ENDTF-3x","price":7.8,"currency_code":"USD","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/files\/ENDTF4.1_d6aa755d-84cb-47e1-84fc-fed69f8ccfc4.png?v=1768496426"}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0458\/0248\/7960\/collections\/Spinach_1.jpg?v=1602985738","url":"https:\/\/tomorrowseeds.com\/es\/collections\/salad-greens.oembed?page=3","provider":"TomorrowSeeds","version":"1.0","type":"link"}